You are on page 1of 293

.

YHKL

enHancedWorkbook
(UZ^LY2L`

Taken from:

enVisionMATH™ Teacher Resource Masters, Topics 1-20, Grade 4


by Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley

Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley Mathematics, Grade 4:


Review From Last Year Masters
by Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley

/HDUQLQJ6ROXWLRQV
1HZ<RUN%RVWRQ6DQ)UDQFLVFR
/RQGRQ7RURQWR6\GQH\7RN\R6LQJDSRUH0DGULG
0H[LFR&LW\0XQLFK3DULV&DSH7RZQ+RQJ.RQJ0RQWUHDO
Cover Art: by Luciana Navarro Powell

Taken from:

enVisionMATH ™ Teacher Resource Masters, Topics 1–20, Grade 4


by Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley
Copyright © 2009 by Pearson Education, Inc.
Published by Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley
Glenview, Illinois 60025

Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley Mathematics Grade 4: Review From Last Year Masters
by Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley
Copyright © 2004 by Pearson Education, Inc.
Published by Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in
writing from the publisher.

This special edition published in cooperation with Pearson Learning Solutions.

All trademarks, service marks, registered trademarks, and registered service marks are the property of their respective
owners and are used herein for identification purposes only.

Pearson Learning Solutions, 501 Boylston Street, Suite 900, Boston, MA 02116
A Pearson Education Company
www.pearsoned.com

000200010270667032

JH

ISBN 10: 0-558-98644-7


ISBN 13: 978-0-558-98644-5
Table of Contents

Review from Last Year ...................................................................................................................... I

Reteaching and Practice


Topic 1 Numeration ............................................................................................................................21
Topic 2 Adding and Subtracting Whole Numbers ............................................................................ 35
Topic 3 Multiplication Meanings and Facts ...................................................................................... 49
Topic 4 Division Meanings and Facts ............................................................................................... 63
Topic 5 Multiping by 1-Digit Numbers ............................................................................................. 73
Topic 6 Patterns and Expressions ...................................................................................................... 89
Topic 7 Multiplying by 2-Digit Numbers .......................................................................................... 97
Topic 8 Dividing by 1-Digit Divisors ...............................................................................................111
Topic 9 Lines, Angles, and Shapes ..................................................................................................131
Topic 10 Understanding Fractions ....................................................................................................145
Topic 11 Adding and Subtracting Fractions .....................................................................................163
Topic 12 Understanding Decimals ...................................................................................................171
Topic 13 Operations and Decimals ..................................................................................................183
Topic 14 Area and Perimeter........................................................................................................... 197
Topic 15 Solids .................................................................................................................................215
Topic 16 Measurement, Time, and Temperature ............................................................................. 225
Topic 17 Data and Graphs ............................................................................................................... 249
Topic 18 Equations .......................................................................................................................... 269
Topic 19 Transformations, Congruence, and Symmetry ................................................................. 279
Topic 20 Probability ........................................................................................................................ 293
Credits ............................................................................................................................................ 301
Review From Last Year

Corresponds with Student enHanced Workbook pages 1–20


© Scott Foresman Addison Wesley 4

I
II
© Scott Foresman Addison Wesley 4
© Scott Foresman Addison Wesley 4

III
IV
© Scott Foresman Addison Wesley 4
Reteaching and Practice

Corresponds with Student enHanced Workbook pages 21–300


Name Reteaching
1-1

Reteaching 1-1
Thousands
Use a place-value chart to help you write a number in standard form.
Write four hundred twenty thousand, three hundred fifty-nine in standard form.
Step 1: Write 420 in the thousands period. thousands ones

us s
ou ds
hu nds
ds

ns

es
d

on
te
n t san
an

re
Step 2: Write 359 in the ones period.

sa
nd
u
ho
ho
th
The standard form is 420,359.

dt
te
re
nd
Each digit in 420,359 has a different place value

hu
and value. The place value of the digit 3 is the
4 2 0, 3 5 9
hundreds place. This digit has a value of 300.

Write each number in standard form.

1. 2,479
2. 7 ten thousands  5 thousands  8 hundreds  75,810
1 ten  0 ones
Write the word form and tell the value of the underlined digit for
each number.

3. 4,632 Four thousand, six hundred


thirty-two; 600
4. 7,129 Seven thousand, one hundred
twenty-nine; 7,000
5. 13,572 Thirteen thousand, five hundred
seventy-two; 2
Sample answer:
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

6. Number Sense Write a six-digit number with a 5 in


the ten thousands place and a 2 in the ones place. 352,682

Topic 1 21
Name Practice
1-1
Thousands
Practice 1-1

Write each number in standard form.

1.
2,263
2. 8 ten thousands  4 thousands +
9 hundreds  4 tens  7 ones
84,947
Write the word form and tell the value of the underlined digit for
each number.

3. 76,239 Seventy-six thousand, two


hundred thirty-nine; 6,000
4. 823,774 Eight hundred twenty-three thousand,
seven hundred seventy four; 700
5. Number Sense Write the number that has 652 in
the ones period and 739 in the thousands period. 739,652
During a weekend at the Movie Palace Theaters, 24,875 tickets
were sold. Add the following to the number of tickets sold.

6. 100 tickets 24,975 7. 1,000 tickets 25,875


8. Which of the following numbers has a 5 in the
ten thousands place?

A 652,341 B 562,341 C 462,541 D 265,401

9. Writing to Explain Explain how you know the 6 in the number 364,021 is
NOT in the thousands place.

The 6 is in the thousands period, but


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

is located in the ten thousands place.

22 Topic 1
Name Reteaching
1-2

Reteaching 1-2
Millions
Here are different ways to represent 555,612,300.
Place-value chart:
Millions Period Thousands Period Ones Period

te nds

s
sa d

s
io d

nd

ds
nd
ou re
ill re

ns

ns
ns

th und
m und

re
sa

sa
io
m n

th n
io

nd

es
ou

ou

ns
te
ill

ill

h
h

on
hu
th

te
m
5 5 5, 6 1 2, 3 0 0

Expanded form: 555,612,300  500,000,000  50,000,000 


5,000,000  600,000  10,000  2,000  300
Word form: 555,612,300  five hundred fifty-five million, six
hundred twelve thousand, three hundred
The 6 is in the hundred thousands place. Its value is 600,000.

1. Write nine hundred seventy-six million,


four hundred thirty-three thousand,
one hundred eleven in standard form. 976,433,111
2. Write 80,000,000  700,000  30,000 
200  90  7 in standard form. 80,730,297
3. Write the word form and tell the value of
the underlined digit in 337,123,421.

Three hundred thirty-seven million,


one hundred twenty-three thousand,
four hundred twenty-one; 7,000,000
4. Number Sense In the number 213,954,670,
which digit has the second greatest value?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

What is its value?

1; 10,000,000

Topic 1 23
Name Practice
1-2
Millions
Practice 1-2

Write the number in standard form and in word form.


1. 300,000,000  70,000,000  2,000,000  500,000  10,000  2,000  800  5
372,512,805; three hundred seventy-two
million, five hundred twelve thousand,
eight hundred five
Write the word form and tell the value of the underlined digit for each number.
Four million, six hundred
2. 4,600,028
thousand, twenty-eight; 600,000
3. 488,423,046 Four hundred eighty-eight
million, four hundred twenty-three
thousand, forty-six; 40
4. Number Sense Write the number that is
one hundred million more than 15,146,481. 115,146,481
5. The population of Peru in 2006 was estimated to be 28,302,603. Write the
word form.
Twenty-eight million, three hundred two
thousand, six hundred three
6. Which is the expanded form for 43,287,005?

A 4,000,000  300,000  20,000  8,000  700  5


B 40,000,000  3,000,000  200,000  80,000  7,000  5
C 400,000,000  30,000,000  2,000,000  8,000  500
D 4,000,000  30,000  2,000  800  70  5

7. Writing to Explain In the number 463,211,889, which digit has the


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

greatest value? Explain.


The 4 has the greatest value because
it is in the hundred millions place.
24 Topic 1
Name Reteaching
1-3

Reteaching 1-3
Comparing and Ordering
Whole Numbers
You can use a number line to compare two numbers. Which is
greater, 33,430 or 33,515?
Step 1 Plot the first number on a number line:
33,400 33,450 33,500 33,550 33,600

33,430

Step 2 Plot the second number on the same number line:


33,400 33,450 33,500 33,550 33,600

33,430 33,515

Step 3 Compare the numbers. Remember, as you move to the right on a number
line, the numbers increase.
Looking at the number line, 33,515 is to the right of 33,430.
So, 33,515 > 33,430.
You can use place value to order numbers from greatest to least. Write the
numbers, lining up places. Begin at the left and find the greatest digit. If necessary,
continue comparing the other digits:
42,078 Continue comparing Write from greatest to least
37,544 37,544 42,078
24,532 39,222 39,222
39,222 39,222  37,544 37,544
24,532

Compare. Write  or  for each .

1. 3,211 < 4,221 2. 35,746 > 35,645 3. 355,462 < 535,845

4. Order the numbers from greatest to least. 62,500 62,721 63,001 61,435
63,001 ; 62,721 ; 62,500 ; 61,435
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

5. Number Sense Write 3 numbers that are greater than


12,000, but less than 13,000.
Sample answer: 12,001; 12,350; 12,999
Topic 1 25
Name Practice
1-3
Comparing and Ordering
Practice 1-3

Whole Numbers
Compare. Write  or  for each .

1. 2,854,376 > 2,845,763 2. 6,789 < 9,876


3. 59,635 > 59,536 4. 29,374,125 < 30,743,225

Order the numbers from least to greatest.

5. 45,859,211 4,936,211 43,958,211


4,936,211 43,958,211 45,859,211
6. Number Sense Write three numbers that are greater
Sample answer:
than 1,543,000 but less than 1,544,000.
1,543,890 1,543,891 1,543,892
7. Put the planets in order from the one
closest to the sun to the one farthest
from the sun. The Five Closest Planets
to the Sun
Mercury
Planet Distance (miles)
Venus
Earth 93,000,000
Earth Jupiter 483,000,000
Mars 142,000,000
Mars Mercury 36,000,000
Venus 67,000,000
Jupiter
8. Which number has the greatest value?
A 86,543,712 B 82,691,111 C 85,381,211 D 86,239,121
9. Writing to Explain Tell how you could use a number line to determine which
of two numbers is greater.
Sample answer: On a number line, the
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

number to the right will be greater than


the number to its left.
26 Topic 1
Name Reteaching
1-4

Reteaching 1-4
Rounding Whole Numbers
Round 8,742,883 to the nearest million.
You can use place value or a number line to help you round
numbers. On the number line below, 8,742,883 is between
8,000,000 and 9,000,000. The halfway number is 8,500,000.
halfway
number

8,000,000 8,500,000 8,742,883 9,000,000


8,742,883 is closer to 9,000,000 than to 8,000,000.
Therefore, 8,742,883 rounds up to 9,000,000.
When the number you want to round is greater than or equal to the halfway
number, round up.

Round to the nearest hundred thousand. Draw a number line on a separate sheet
of paper to help you.
1. 387,422 2. 3,124,607 3. 1,111,022

400,000 3,100,000 1,100,000


Round to the nearest million. Use place value to help you.
4. 27,643,087 5. 14,117,362 6. 5,500,000

28,000,000 14,000,000 6,000,000


Round to the underlined place.
7. 46,054,202 8. 29,749,999 9. 84,722,883

46,050,000 30,000,000 84,722,880


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 1 27
Name Practice
1-4
Rounding Whole Numbers
Practice 1-4

Round each number to the nearest ten.


1. 16,326 2. 412,825 3. 6,512,162 4. 42,084,097
16,330 412,830 6,512,160 42,084,100
Round each number to the nearest hundred.
5. 1,427 6. 68,136 7. 271,308 8. 7,593,656

1,400 68,100 271,300 7,593,700


Round each number to the nearest thousand.
9. 18,366 10. 409,614 11. 48,229,930 12. 694,563,239

18,000 410,000 48,230,000 694,563,000


Round each number to the underlined place.
13. 12,108 14. 570,274 15. 9,333,625 16. 534,307,164

12,100 600,000 9,300,000 530,000,000


17. What is 681,542 rounded to the nearest hundred thousand?

A 600,000 B 680,000 C 700,000 D 780,000

18. Writing to Explain Mrs. Kennedy is buying pencils for each


of 315 students at Hamilton Elementary. The pencils are sold
in boxes of tens. How can she use rounding to decide how
many pencils to buy?

She can round the number of students


to the nearest ten to see how many
boxes of pencils she needs.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

28 Topic 1
Name Reteaching
1-5

Reteaching 1-5
Using Money
to Understand Decimals
We can use money to understand decimals. For example, a dime is one-tenth of a
dollar, or 0.1. It takes 10 dimes to equal a dollar. A penny is one one-hundredth of
a dollar, or 0.01, so it takes
100 pennies to equal one dollar.

$0.01 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $0.50


0.01 0.05 0.1 0.25 0.5
The decimal point is read by saying “and.” So, $1.99 is read as
“one dollar and ninety-nine cents.”

1. $3.52  3 dollars  5 dimes  2 pennies

2. $1.87  1 dollar 8 dimes  7 pennies

3. Number Sense Write nine and thirty-six hundredths


with a decimal point.
9.36

How could you use only dollars, Sample


dimes, and pennies to buy
answers.
4. the baseball?
$3.99
3 dollars, 9 dimes,
9 pennies
5. the baseball bat? $8.49
8 dollars, 4 dimes,
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

$12.20
9 pennies

Topic 1 29
Name Practice
1-5
Using Money to
Practice 1-5

Understand Decimals
1. 2.18  2 ones  1 tenth  8 hundredths

$2.18  2 dollars  1 dime  8 pennies

2. 9.27  9 ones  27 hundredths


$9.27  9 dollars  27 pennies

3. 7.39  7 ones  3 tenths  9 hundredths

$7.39  7 dollars  3 dimes  9 pennies

4. Number Sense Write 3 dollars, 5. Number Sense If you have 5


9 dimes, and 5 pennies with a tenths of a dollar, how much money
dollar sign and decimal point. do you have?
$3.95 $0.50
6. Lana wants to buy a book for $6.95. How can she pay for the
book using only dollars, dimes, and nickels?
6 dollars, 9 dimes, 1 nickel
7. How would you write sixteen and twenty-five hundredths
with a decimal point?
A 16.025 B 16.25 C 162.5 D 1,625

8. Writing to Explain Which is greater, 4 tenths and


2 hundredths or 2 tenths and 4 hundredths? Explain.
Four tenths and 2 hundredths is
greater because it has more tenths
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

than the other number.

30 Topic 1
Name Reteaching
1-6

Reteaching 1-6
Counting Money
and Making Change
The easiest way to count money is to start with the largest bills or coins and work
down to the lower value.
How much money is shown below?

$6.00 $6.75 $6.85 $6.87

In order to make change, work backward by counting. Start with


the amount spent and add the smallest coins or bills first to reach
the next level to use the next higher coin or bill until the amount
paid is reached. Marcia’s bill is $7.27. She pays with a $10 bill.
How much change does she receive?
$10.00

$7.30 $7.50 $8.00

Marcia’s change is 2 $1 bills, 2


quarters, 2 dimes, and 3 pennies.

For Exercises 1 and 2, determine the amount of change you would receive.

1. Cost $17.50 $2.50 2. Cost $7.35 $2.65


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

3. Number Sense Lucia has 6 quarters, 3 dimes,


and 7 pennies. How much money does she have? $1.87
Topic 1 31
Name Practice
1-6
Counting Money
Practice 1-6

and Making Change


For Exercises 1 through 8, find the change from a $10 bill.
1. $6.35 $3.65 2. $1.28 $8.72 3. $9.01$0.99 4. $3.11 $6.89

5. $8.88 $1.12 6. $7.70 $2.30 7. $0.37$9.63 8. $4.56 $5.44

For Exercises 9 through 12, find each amount of money.

9.
$7.15 10.$11.12 11. $8.31 12. $0.99
13. Veronica buys a dress for $45.99. She can pay with a $50 bill.
What is the amount of money Veronica received in change?
$4.01
14. Linda spent $6.64, including tax, on a pair of socks. She paid
with a $10 bill. What is the fewest number of coins that she
might get back in change?
A 3 B 5 C 8 D 9

15. Writing to Explain Mike’s bill for stamps comes out to


$19.35. He paid with a $20 bill. He got 8 coins back as
change. Is this possible? Explain.
Yes, 2 quarters, 1 dime, and
5 pennies or 5 dimes and
3 nickels
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

32 Topic 1
Name Reteaching
1-7

Reteaching 1-7
Problem Solving:
Make an Organized List
Theme Park Brian has four passes to a theme park. He could bring himself and
three friends. The group of friends for him to choose from includes Art, Ned,
Jeff, and Belinda. How many different combinations are possible?

Read and Understand

Step 1: What do you know? Step 2: What are you trying to find?

There are four friends: Art, Ned, Jeff, and Belinda. Find out how many different combinations of
friends Brian can take.
Plan and Solve
Step 3: What strategy will Brian, Art, Ned, Jeff, and List the choices:
you use? Belinda. Brian has to be in Brian, Art, Ned, Belinda
each combination. Brian, Art, Ned, Jeff
Strategy: Make an Organized Brian, Art, Jeff, Belinda
List Brian, Ned, Jeff, Belinda

Answer: There are four combinations.

Look Back and Check


Is your work correct?

Yes, because each combination uses Brian. The way the list is organized shows
that all ways were found.

Finish solving the problem.


Ann Mara Jenny Tina
1. Ann, Mara, Jenny, Tina, and Sue are Ann JennyJenny Sue
sisters. Two of the five sisters must
help their father at his business each
Ann Tina
Saturday. How many combinations of Ann Sue Tina Sue
two sisters are possible?
Mara Jenny
10 different Mara Tina
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

combinations Mara Sue

Topic 1 33
Name Practice
1-7
Problem Solving:
Practice 1-7

Make an Organized List Sample lists


Make an organized list to solve each problem. Write each given.
answer in a complete sentence.
1. Tonya and Lauren are designing a soccer uniform. They
want to use two colors on the shirt. Their choices are
green, orange, yellow, purple, blue, and silver. How many
ways can they choose two colors?
GO, GY, GP, GB, GS, OY, OP, OB, OS, YP,
YB, YS, PB, PS, BS; Tonya and Lauren can
use 15 different color combinations.
2. Yancey collects plastic banks. He has three different banks:
a pig, a cow, and a horse. How many ways can Yancey
arrange his banks on a shelf?
PCH, PHC, HCP, HPC, CHP, CPH;
Yancey can arrange his banks in 6 ways.
3. Kevin has a rabbit, a ferret, a gerbil, and a turtle. He feeds
them in a different order each day. In how many different
orders can Kevin feed his pets?
RFGT, RFTG, RGTF, RGFT, RTGF, RTFG;
FGTR, FGRT, FRTG, FRGT, FTRG, FTGR;
GFTR, GFRT, GRTF, GRFT, GTRF, GTFR;
TFRG, TFGR, TRGF, TRFG, TGFR, TGRF;
Kevin can feed his pets in
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

24 different orders.

34 Topic 1
Name Reteaching
2-1
Using Mental Math to Add

Reteaching 2-1
and Subtract
There are different strategies for adding and subtracting with mental math.
Addition Strategies Subtraction Strategies
With breaking apart you can add Using compensation
numbers in any order.
235  158 Break apart 158. 162  48 Add 2 to make 50.
158 5 153 2 48 50
235  5 240 Add one part to 162  50 112
make a ten. 112 2 114 Since you subtracted 2 too
240  153 393 Add the other part. many, add 2 to the answer.

With compensation you can add Using counting on


or subtract to make tens.
400  185 Add 5 to make 190.
235  158 Add 2 to make a ten. 185 5 190
158 2 160
235  160 395 190  10  200 Make the next 100.
200  200  400 Add 200 to make 400.
395 2 393 Subtract 2 from the
answer because 2 5  10  200  215 Find the total of what
was added earlier. you added.

Add or subtract. Use mental math.

1. 67  31  98 2. 86  14  72
3. 29  43  72 4. 206  78  128

5. Reasoning How can you write 72  (8  19)


to make it easier to add? (72 + 8) + 19

Marble Collection

red 425
blue 375
green 129
yellow 99
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Use mental math to solve.


6. How many more blue marbles are there than yellow marbles? 276
7. What is the number of red and green marbles? 554
Topic 2 35
Name Practice
2-1
Using Mental Math to Add
and Subtract
Practice 2-1

Add or subtract. Use mental math.


1. 89  46 2. 101  49 3. 400  157

135 52 557
4. 722  158 5. 120  33 6. 900  187

880 87 713
7. 299  206 8. 878  534 9. 554  59

505 1,412 495


10. Reasoning How can you write
52  (8  25) to make it easier to add?
(52  8)  25
11. Selena’s family went on a trip. The total hotel bill was $659.
The cost of the airfare was $633. Use mental math to find the
total cost for the hotel and the airfare.
$1,292
12. One year, 76 people helped at the town cleanup. The next
year, 302 people helped. How many more people helped in
the second year? Use mental math to find the answer.
226
people
13. Stanley wants to collect 900 sports cards. So far, he has
collected 428 baseball cards and 217 football cards. How
many more cards does Stanley need to complete his
collection?

A 255 B 472 C 645 D 683

14. Writing to Explain Explain how you could add 678  303
using mental math.
Sample answer: 678  3  681 and
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

681  300  981.

36 Topic 2
Name Reteaching
2-2
Estimating Sums and

Reteaching 2-2
Differences of Whole
Numbers
Rounding can be used to estimate sums and differences.

To estimate 1,436  422: To estimate 3,635  1,498:

Rounding Rounding
1,436 rounds to 1,400 3,635 rounds to 3,600
422 rounds to 400 1,498 rounds to 1,500
1,400  400  1,800 3,600  1,500  2,100

Estimate each sum or difference. Sample answers are given.


1. 265 2. 348 3. 562 4. 824
 426  122  223  590
700 470 400 200
5. 2,189 6. 1,329 7. 877 8. 9,245
 388  5,345  475  4,033

2,600 6,600 400 5,200


9. 788  212  1,000
10. 9,769  4,879  4,900
11. 65,328  14,231  51,000
12. 32,910  4,085  37,000
13 . Number Sense Is 976  522 more or less than 400? Explain
how you can tell without actually subtracting.
More; 1,000  500  500
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

14. The fourth graders are helping raise money for the local animal
shelter. They hoped to raise $1,000. So far they have made
$465 in bake sales and $710 in T-shirt sales. About how much
more than $1,000 have they raised? $ 200
Topic 2 37
Name Practice
2-2
Estimating Sums and
Differences of Whole Numbers
Practice 2-2

Estimate each sum or difference. Sample answers are given.


627 829 987 1,568
1.  95 2.  292 3.  233 4.  352

700 500 800 2,000


5. 4,263  1,613 2,700 6. 7,502  2,187 10,000
7. 24,141  2,177 8. 64,099  55,555 9. 83,595  18,999

22,000 8,000 103,000


10. About how much larger is the largest
ocean than the smallest ocean? Ocean Area
Ocean Area (million sq km)
Sample answer: Arctic Ocean 14,056
About 142,000 Atlantic Ocean 76,762
Indian Ocean 68,556
million sq km Pacific Ocean 155,557

11. About how many million square kilometers do all the oceans
together cover?
Sample answer:
About 316,000 million sq km
12. Mallory is a pilot. Last week she flew the following round trips
in miles: 2,020; 1,358; 952; 2,258; and 1,888. Which of the
following is a good estimate of the miles Mallory flew last week?
A 6,000 mi B 6,800 mi C 7,000 mi D 8,000 mi

13. Writing to Explain Explain how you would estimate to


subtract 189 from 643.
Sample answer: Estimate by rounding
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

each number to the nearest hundred;


600  200  400.
38 Topic 2
Name Reteaching
2-3
Problem Solving:

Reteaching 2-3
Missing or Extra Information
Some problems contain too much or too little information. If a problem has missing information, you cannot
solve it. If a problem has extra information, you need to figure out what information is needed to solve
the problem.

Step 1: Read and Understand Step 2: Plan and Solve


Mark has $40. Nora has $45. How much Decide which information you need to solve
money will Mark have left if he buys a the problem and what is extra information.
CD for $15?
To solve this problem, you need to find You need to know how much money Mark has
out how much money Mark will have left and how much the CD costs. You do not need
over after he buys a CD. to know how much money Nora has.
Then, subtract the amount of money Mark
spent on the CD from the amount of money
he had. 40  15  25
Mark has $25 left.

Larissa volunteers at a wildlife group. One of her jobs is to photocopy a flyer and
give copies to her friends and neighbors. Last month Larissa made 45 copies.
There were 15 in color and 30 in black and white. This month Larissa made 75
copies.
1. Do you have enough information to find out how many
copies Larissa made in the last 2 months? Explain.
Yes, Larissa made 45 copies last
month and 75 copies this month.
In order to raise money for the National Pet Association, Karl plans to sell
bags of pet treats. He will fill 100 bags of treats. He made bags of treats for
cats and bags of treats for dogs. How many dog treats did Karl use?

2. What information did you not use to solve this problem?


The number of colored and black and
white copies.
3. Do you have enough information to find out how many bags of dog treats
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Karl made?
No, you need to know the number of
bags of cat treats.
Topic 2 39
Name Practice
2-3
Problem Solving:
Missing or Extra Information
Practice 2-3

For 1 through 3, decide if each problem has extra information or


not enough information. Tell any information that is not needed or
that is missing. Solve if you have enough information.

1. Kendall pitches for his school’s baseball team. Every game


Kendall pitches, he averages 5 strikeouts per game. Each
game is about 2 hours. If Kendall pitches in 7 games during
the season, how many strikeouts will he have?
Extra information. Each game is
2 hours long. About 35 strikeouts.
2. Geometry Yolanda is putting up a fence for her dog in the
shape of a square. Each foot of fencing costs $7. If Yolanda
is planning to have each side of the fence be 10 feet long,
how many feet of fencing will Yolanda need?
Extra information. Each foot of fencing
costs $7. She will need 40 ft of fencing.
3. Gretchen sings and plays guitar in a band after school. If
Gretchen sings half of the songs the band knows, how many
songs does the band know?
Not enough information. I need to know
how many songs Gretchen sings.
4. What do you need to know if you’re trying to find the year
George Washington was born and you know he died in 1799?
A The current year C How old he was when he died

B The exact date he died D There is enough information.

5. Writing to Explain If you wanted to write a word problem


about how much money the fourth-grade class collected at
their bake sale, what information would you need to include?
How many items they sold and
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

how much each item cost.

40 Topic 2
Name Reteaching
2-4
Adding Whole Numbers

Reteaching 2-4
You can add more than two numbers when you line up the numbers by place
value and add one place at a time.
Add 3,456  139  5,547.
Estimate: 3,000  100  6,000  9,100

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3


Line up numbers by Add the tens. Add the hundreds, then
place value. the thousands.
Regroup if needed.
Add the ones. Continue to regroup.
Regroup if needed.
2 22 becomes 12 1 12
3,456 2 tens and 3,456 3,456
139 2 ones. 139 139
5,547 5,547 5,547
2 42 9,142

Keep digits in neat 9,142 is close to the


columns as you add. estimate of 9,100.

Add.
1. 945 2. 2,588 3. 12,566
124 373 8,222
 343  866  5,532

1,412 3,827 26,320


4. 2,955 5. 16,699 6. 3,881
9,017 3,311 1,735
 248  32,484  364

12,220 52,494 5,980


7. Number Sense Jill added 450  790  123 and got 1,163.
Is this sum reasonable?
No, the sum should be closer to 1,400.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 2 41
Name Practice
2-4
Adding Whole Numbers
Practice 2-4

Add.
1. 486 2. 4,334 3. 938 4. 7,226
875 4,948 1,487 1,587
 45  890  8,947  72,984

1,406 10,172 11,372 81,797


5. 6. 80 7. 27,987 8. 8,738
54,236 960 2,096 5,234
223 4 15,098 836
 7,856  1,986  7,945  237

62,315 3,030 53,126 15,045


9. Number Sense Luke added 429  699  314 and got 950.
Is this sum reasonable?
No, his answer should be closer to 1,400.
10. What is the combined World’s Longest Glaciers
length of the three Glacier Length (miles)
longest glaciers? Lambert-Fisher Ice Passage 320
805 mi Novaya Zemlya 260
Arctic Institute Ice Passage 225
11. What is the total Nimrod-Lennox-King 180
combined length of
the four longest
glaciers in the world?
985 mi
12. Which is the sum of 3,774  8,276  102?
A 1,251 B 12,152 C 13,052 D 102,152

13. Writing to Explain Leona added 6,641  1,482  9,879.


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Should her answer be more than or less than 15,000?


Leona’s answer should be more than
15,000.
42 Topic 2
Name Reteaching
2-5
Subtracting Whole Numbers

Reteaching 2-5
Here is how to subtract.
Find 7,445  1,368.
Estimate: 7,000  1,000  6,000
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
13 13 13
315 3 315 3 315 3 315
7,4 4 5 7,4 4 5 7,4 4 5 7,4 4 5
 1,368  1,368  1,368  1,368
7 77 077 6,077
You cannot subtract You cannot subtract Subtract 3 hundreds Subtract 1 thousand
8 ones from 5 ones. 6 tens from 3 tens. from 3 hundreds. from 7 thousands.
You must regroup. You must regroup. 1 1
6,077
Regroup 4 tens as 3 Regroup 4 hundreds
 1,368
tens and 10 ones. as 3 hundreds and
10 tens. 7,445
Subtract 8 ones You can check
from 15 ones. Subtract 6 tens from your answer using
13 tens. addition.

Subtract.
1. 624 2. 759 3. 814 4. 391
 379  211  662  208
245 548 152 183
5. 4,772 6. 8,335 7. 4,219 8. 5,216
1,671  4,188  1,379  2,158

3,101 4,147 2,840 3,058


9. Estimation Carlos has 2,175 marbles in his collection. Emily
has 1,833 marbles in her collection. Carlos says that he has
about 1,000 more marbles than Emily. Is Carlos correct?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

No; Carlos has about 400 more marbles


than Emily.

Topic 2 43
Name Practice
2-5
Subtracting Whole Numbers
Practice 2-5

Subtract.
1. 7,242 2. 520 3. 848 4. 6,797
 158  203  257  1,298

7,084 317 591 5,499


5. 753 6. 7,392 7. 3,898 8. 3,721
 218  4,597  1,299  459

535 2,795 2,599 3,262


9. 3,328  1,754 1,574 10. 9,333  1,5557,77811. 6,797  1,298 5,499
12. Which of the following best describes the answer to the
subtraction problem below?
3,775  1,831
A The answer is less than 1,000.

B The answer is about 1,000.

C The answer is greater than 1,000.

D You cannot tell from the information given.

13. Writing to Explain The Environmental Club’s goal is to


collect 1,525 cans by the end of the summer. The number of
cans they collected each week is shown in the table below.
How can you find the number of cans they need to collect in
week 4 to meet their goal?

Week Number Number of cans collected


1 378
2 521
3 339
4 287
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Add the number of cans they collected


in weeks 1–3, and subtract from 1,525.

44 Topic 2
Name Reteaching
2-6
Subtracting Across Zeros

Reteaching 2-6
Here is how to subtract across zeros.
Find 606  377.
Estimate: 600  400  200

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4


9 9
5 10 5 10 16 5 10 16
606 606 606 606
 377  377  377  377
229
You cannot subtract Since there is a zero Regroup 10 tens Subtract.
7 ones from 6 ones, in the tens place, you and 6 ones as 9 tens
so you must regroup. must regroup using and 16 ones. 11
the hundreds. 229
 377
Regroup 6 hundreds
as 5 hundreds and 606
10 tens.
You can check
your answer by
using addition.

Subtract.
1. 707 2. 950 3. 800 4. 3,506
 58  47  638  866
649 903 162 2,640
5. 4,507 6. 3,076 7. 8,106 8. 6,083
 3,569  1,466  2,999  1,492
938 1,610 5,107 4,591
9. Reasonableness Lexi subtracts 9,405 from 11,138.
Should her answer be greater than or less than 2,000?
Explain.
Less than; 405 is greater than 138, so
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

you would regroup to subtract.

Topic 2 45
Name Practice
2-6
Subtracting Across Zeros
Practice 2-6

Subtract.
1. 906 2. 3,091 3. 4,000 4. 800
 45  1,361  2,557  139
861 1,730 1,443 661
5. 1,070 6. 8,904 7. 3,007 8. 523
 593  3,596  2,366  203
477 5,308 641 320
9. 7,403  3,254 10. 5,067  2,987 11. 6,790  1,298

4,149 2,080 5,492


12. Robert set a goal to swim 1,000 laps in the local
swimming pool during his summer break. Robert has
currently finished 642 laps. How many more laps
does he have to swim in order to meet his goal?

A 332 B 358 C 468 D 472

13. Writing to Explain If 694  72  622 , then 622  72  694.


Explain the process of checking your work.
Add to check the difference because
addition and subtraction are inverse
operations. They undo each other. © Pearson Education, Inc. 4

46 Topic 2
Name Reteaching
2-7
Problem Solving: Draw a

Reteaching 2-7
Picture and Write an Equation
Read the question and follow the steps to develop a
problem-solving strategy.
In the morning, a grocery store had 28 apples on display. By the end of the day, 11
apples had been purchased. How many apples were left?

Step 1: Read/Understand Step 2: Plan Step 3: Solve


• Find the information you are • Draw a picture that helps you • Figure out which operation
given. [There were 28 apples; visualize the problem you are you need to use to solve
now there are 11 fewer apples.] trying to solve. the problem, and write an
28 in all equation. [Subtraction;
• Find the information you need
28  11  ?]
to figure out. [The number of
apples that are left] 11 ? • Solve the equation to answer
the problem. [28  11  17;
17 apples were left.]

1. Strategy Practice On Monday, Erika put 12 flakes of


fish food in her fish tank before school, and 13 more
when she got home. How many flakes did she put in
the tank that day? Use the steps to answer the question. 25
Step 1: Step 2: Step 3:
• What information are you • Draw a picture. • Choose an operation and
given? write an equation.

• What information do you need • Solve the equation.


to figure out?

Solve the following problems. Draw pictures to help you.


2. Roy is reading a book that is 68 pages. He has read
24 pages so far. How many more pages does he have
to read to finish the book? 44
3. There are 29 students in the school band.
During practice, 6 new students joined the band.
35
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

How many students are in the band now?


4. Jaycee’s teacher gave her a box of 96 pens.
She gave 17 of the pens to her classmates.
How many pens were left in the box? 79
Topic 2 47
Name Practice
2-7
Problem Solving: Draw a
Picture and Write an Equation
Practice 2-7

For exercises 1 through 4 write an equation and solve. Use the


picture to help you.
1. A remote control car has a speed of 2. Danny has 45 minutes to take a
5 feet per second. How many feet math test. If Danny finishes half
will the car travel in 6 seconds? the test in 19 minutes, how many

5  6  30 feet minutes does he have left to


finish it?
? feet in 6 seconds 45  19  26 minutes
5 ft 5 ft 5 ft 5 ft 5 ft 5 ft 45 minutes

19 minutes ? minutes left


3. While shopping, Janet bought 4. The 175th anniversary of the
a shirt for $8, a pair of jeans for completion of the Erie Canal was in
$22, mittens for $5, and a hat for the year 2000. If it took 8 years to
$10. How much money did Janet dig the canal, in what year did the
$8  $22  $5
spend? digging of the Erie Canal begin?

 $10  $45 2000  175  8  1817


? money spent Year 2000

$8 $22 $5 $10 175 8 ? year digging began


5. The average length of a song on a certain CD is 3 minutes.
The CD has 12 songs. Write an equation for the length of the
whole CD. Draw a picture to help you.

A 12  3 B 12  3 C 12  3 D 12  3

6. Writing to Explain It takes Jinny 56 minutes to drive to her


friend’s house. She drove 15 minutes and then stopped at a
store. She then drove another 10 minutes. What do you need
to do to find the amount of time she has left to drive?
Add the time she has already driven
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

and subtract it from the total time it


takes to get there.
48 Topic 2
Name Reteaching
3-1
Meanings of Multiplication
Addition sentence:

Reteaching 3-1
5  5  5  5  20
Multiplication sentence:
4  5  20
There are 4 rows of 5.

There are 3 boxes. There are 7 books in each box.


Addition sentence:
7  7  7  21
WW WW WWW

WW WW WWW

WW WW WWW
WWWW WW

WWWW WW

WWWW WW
WW WWWW

WW WWWW

WW WWWW
WWW WWW

WWW WWW

WWW WWW

WWW WWW

WWW WWW

WWW WWW
WWW

WWW

WWW

WWW

WWW

WWW

Multiplication sentence:
There are 3 groups of 7. 3  7  21

Write an addition sentence and a multiplication sentence for each picture.


1.

6  6  6  18; 3  6  18

2.
4  4  4  12; 3  4  12 or
3  3  3  3  12; 4  3  12
Write a multiplication sentence for each addition sentence.
3. 10  10  10  10  40 4  10  40
4. 3  3  3  3  3  3  18 6  3  18
5. Number Sense Explain how multiplication can help you find
6  6  6.
3  6  18
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 3 49
Name Practice
3-1
Meanings of Multiplication
Write an addition sentence and a multiplication sentence for the picture.
1.
Practice 3-1

10  10  10  30; 3  10  30
Write a multiplication sentence for each addition sentence.

2. 4  4  4  4  16 4  4  16
3. 10  10  10  10  10  10  60 6  10  60
4. Number Sense How could you use multiplication to find 7  7  7?
3  7  21
5. A classroom desk has 4 legs. How many legs do
5 desks have altogether?
20 legs
6. Danielle planted 3 seeds in 6 different pots.
How many seeds did she plant? 18 seeds
7. Which is the multiplication sentence for 2  2  2  2?
A 4  4  16 B 224 C 428 D 2  6  12

8. Writing to Explain Explain how you can use multiplication


to find 2  2  2  2.
Sample answer: Multiplication can be
used to find the total. I know there are
4 equal groups and there are 2 in each
group. 4  2  8
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

50 Topic 3
Name Reteaching
3-2
Patterns for Facts
Pattern Example

Reteaching 3-2
All multiples of two are even numbers. 2, 18, 44
All multiples of 5 end in 0 or 5. 25, 100, 220
For all multiples of nine, the sum of 27 2  7  9
the digits is always a multiple of 9. 63 6  3  9

1. 9 2. 2 3. 5 4. 9
 5  8  8  4
45 16 40 36
5. 9 6. 2 7. 5 8. 5
 3  7  3  6
27 14 15 30
9. 9 10. 5 11. 6 12. 2
 2  7  3  6

18 35 18 12
13. How many baseball cards are
Item Number in Package
in 4 packages?
Baseball cards 5
20 Stickers 2
14. How many stickers do you Coupons 9
get if you buy 9 packages?

18
15. How many coupons do you get if you buy
7 packages?

63
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 3 51
Name Practice
3-2
Patterns for Facts
1. 5 2. 2 3. 9 4. 5
 4  3  7  2
Practice 3-2

20 6 63 10
5. 8 6. 5 7. 9 8. 9
 2  3  8  4

16 15 72 36
9. 9  6  54 10. 2  7  14 11. 5  5  25

Algebra Find the missing number.

12. 5  9  45

13. 2   14
7
14. A package of baseball cards includes
5 cards. How many baseball cards are
in 5 packages?
25 baseball cards
15. What is the value of the missing number?
9  36
A 6 B 4 C 3 D 2

16. Writing to Explain Milton needs to find the product of two


numbers. One of the numbers is 9. The answer also needs to
be 9. How will he solve this problem? Explain.
Sample answer: Milton will multiply
9  1  9. The product of any number
and 1 equals that number.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

52 Topic 3
Name Reteaching
3-3
Multiplication Properties
You can use the Properties of Multiplication to help you find products.

Reteaching 3-3
Commutative Property of Multiplication:
You can multiply any two numbers in any order.
2332
Identity Property of Multiplication
When you multiply any number by 1, the product is that number.
717
Zero Property of Multiplication
When you multiply any number by 0, the product is also 0.
300

1. 7  3  3  2. 4  0 
7 0
3. 5  4  4  4. 2  1 
5 2
5. 0  7  6. 8  3  3 
0 8
7. 9  1  1  8. 1  5 
9 5
9. Number Sense How do you know that 35  5  5  35
without finding products?

The Commutative Property of


Multiplication states the product is the
same regardless of the order in which
10.
the two numbers are multiplied.
Writing to Explain Explain how you know that in
?  6,273  6,273, the ? will be 1.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Sample answer: Any number multiplied


by 1 is that number.
Topic 3 53
Name Practice
3-3
Multiplication Properties
1. 2. 3. 4.
0 1 7 5
 4  3  1  0
Practice 3-3

0 3 7 0
5. 6. 7. 8.
1 3 4 6
 8  0  1  0
8 0 4 0
9. 1  1  1 10. 9  0  0
11. 0  0  0
Algebra Find the missing number.

12. 0 90 13. 1  4 4

14. Ray has 4 boxes with 5 pens in each box. Kevin has 5 boxes with 4 pens in
each. Who has more pens?
They have the same number of pens,
because 4  5  5  4.
15. Which property can help you find the missing number? 90
Zero Property of Multiplication
16. Writing to Explain Steve needs to find the product of two numbers. One
of the numbers is 6. The answer also needs to be 6. How will you solve this
problem? Explain.
Sample answer: Steve will multiply
6  1  6. The product of any number
and 1 equals that number.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

54 Topic 3
Name Reteaching
3-4
3 and 4 as Factors
You can use breaking apart to find a product.

Reteaching 3-4
Find 4  5.
4 groups of 5 are the same as 2 groups of 5 and 2 groups of 5.

2 5 10

2 5 10

4  5  (2  5)  (2  5)
 10  10
 20

Use breaking apart to find each product.


1. 3 2. 3 3. 4 4. 3
 5  8  9  7

15 24 36 21
5. 4 6. 3 7. 3 8. 4
 8  6  4  4

32 18 12 16
9. 4  6  24 10. 4  9  36
11. 4  8  32 12. 3  9  27
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 3 55
Name Practice
3-4
3 and 4 as Factors
Use breaking apart to find each product.
Practice 3-4

1. 3 2. 4 3. 3 4. 4
 7  9  4  6

21 36 12 24
5. 4  5  20 6. 3  9  27 7. 35 15
8. 3  6  18 9. 4  7  28 10. 38 24
11. Number Sense Sara traced circle stencils for her project.
She needs 4 rows of 6 circle stencils. She thought that
4 rows of 6 is the same as 3 rows of 8 and 2 rows of 8.
Is this correct? Explain.
Sample answer: No, 3 rows of 8 and
2 rows of 8 equal 5 rows of 8, not
4 rows of 6.
12. Which of the following is equal to the product of 3  3?
A 91 B 31 C 42 D 63

13. Writing to Explain Explain how the three multiplication


sentences are related.
2  12 38 46

Sample answer:
They all have the same product, 24.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

56 Topic 3
Name Reteaching
3-5
6, 7, and 8 as Factors
You can use breaking apart to find a product.

Reteaching 3-5
Find 8  5.
8 groups of 5 are the same as 2 groups of 5, 2 groups of 5, 2 groups of 5,
and 2 groups of 5.

2 5 10 2 5 10

2 5 10 2 5 10

8  5  (2  5)  (2  5)  (2  5)  (2  5)
 10  10  10  10
 40

Use breaking apart to find each product.


1. 7 2. 8 3. 7 4. 7
 5  3  9  7

35 24 63 49
5. 8 6. 8 7. 6 8. 7
 4  8  3  4

32 64 18 28
Compare. Use <, >, or  to fill in each .

9. 7  6 < 87 10. 7  6 > 66


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 3 57
Name Practice
3-5
6, 7, and 8 as Factors
Use breaking apart to find each product.
Practice 3-5

1. 7 2. 8 3. 8 4. 6
 3  5  2  4
21 40 16 24
5. 6  3  18 6. 8  3  24 7. 7  5  35

8. 6  6  36 9. 6  7  42 10. 7  9  63

11. Number Sense Meghan planted seeds for her project.


She needs 7 rows of 9 seeds. She thought that
7 rows of 9 is the same as 3 rows of 9 and 2 rows of 9.
Is this correct?
Sample answer: No, 3 rows of 9 and
2 rows of 9 equal 5 rows of 9, not
7 rows of 9.

12. Which of the following is equal to the product of 8  3?


A 74 B 64 C 62 D 82

13. Writing to Explain Explain how the three multiplication


sentences are related.
62 43 12  1
They all have the same product, 12.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

58 Topic 3
Name Reteaching
3-6
10, 11, and 12 as Factors
Here are some easy ways to multiply numbers by 10, 11, and 12.

Reteaching 3-6
Multiples of 10
Any whole number multiplied by 10 will always equal that number with an
additional zero in the ones place.
For example, 2  10  20, 22  10  220, and
220  10  2,200.
You can also break apart equations to help find products.
Multiples of 11
To find 12  11, think of 11 as 10  1.
12  10  120, 12  1  12, 120  12  132,
so 12  11  132.
Multiples of 12
To find 6  12, think of 12 as 10  2.
6  10  60, 6  2  12, 60  12  72, so 6  12  72.

1. 5  11  55 2. 12  4  48 3. 10  9  90
4. 7  12  84 5. 12  11  132 6. 8  10  80
7. Number Sense Explain how 9  10 can help you find 9  11.
9  10  90, 1  9  9, 90  9  99
There are 11 players on the field for each football team during a game. How many
players would there be on
8. 4 teams? 44 players
9. 8 teams? 88 players
10. 10 teams? 110 players
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

11. 11 teams? 121 players

Topic 3 59
Name Practice
3-6
10, 11, and 12 as Factors
1. 4  10  40 2. 12  2  24 3. 10  6  60
4. 11  1  11 5. 4  12  48 6. 8  11  88
Practice 3-6

7. 9  10  90 8. 12  3  36 9. 10  7  70
10. 11  5  55 11. 10  5  50 12. 6  12  72
13. Number Sense Beatrice multiplied 10  9. She quickly
found the answer by placing a 0 behind the 9 to get an
answer of 90. Is this reasonable?
Sample answer: Yes, that rule tells
how to find each multiple of 10.
There are 12 months in 1 year. How many months are in

14. 2 years? 24 months


15. 3 years? 36 months
16. 5 years? 60 months
17. In the classroom there are 5 round tables. There
are 4 students sitting at each table. How many
students are sitting at the tables altogether? 20 students
18. How much money is 12 dimes?
A $0.60 B $1.00 C $1.20 D $2.00

19. Writing to Explain Explain how to find 7  11.


Sample answer: Use breaking apart:
(7  10)  (7  1)  70  7  77
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

60 Topic 3
Name Reteaching
3-7
Problem Solving: Draw a
Picture and Write an Equation

Reteaching 3-7
Draw a Picture and Write an Equation

Step 1: Step 2: Step 3:


Read and Understand Plan and Solve Look Back and Check

Janie is in the fourth row You can draw a picture of How many musicians are
of the marching band. the musicians: Write an A there in all?
There are 7 rows of musi- for each musician ahead You can multiply
cians with 8 in each row. of Janie, a B for each mu- 7  8  56 musicians,
How many musicians sician behind Janie, and a or add 24  8  24  56
are ahead of Janie? How J for each musician musicians.
many musicians are be- in Janie’s row.
hind Janie?
Solve
You need to find how AAAAAAAA
many are ahead of Janie AAAAAAAA
and behind Janie. AAAAAAAA
JJJJJJJJ
BBBBBBBB
BBBBBBBB
BBBBBBBB

1. James has 12 seashells mounted in a row. The 6 shells in the center of the
row are nautilus shells. Is there the same number of shells on either side of
the nautilus shells? Draw a picture to help you solve the problem.

Yes, there are 3 shells to the left and


3 shells to the right.
Check students’
drawings.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 3 61
Name Practice
3-7
Problem Solving: Draw a
Picture and Write an Equation
For 1 through 4, write an equation and solve. Use the picture to help.
Practice 3-7

1. John is running in a marathon. The 2. A summer camp has divided


marathon is 25 miles long. After its campers into 4 groups of
two hours, John has run 7 miles. 25 campers. How many campers
How many miles does John have are at the summer camp?
left to run?
25  4  100 campers
25  7  18 mi ? campers
25 miles
25 25 25 25
7 ? miles

3. Karen is 5 feet tall. In Karen’s 4. Micah’s room has four sides and
backyard there is an oak tree a perimeter of 48 feet. If 3 of the
4 times as tall as she is. How tall sides are 12 feet long, how long is
is the oak tree? the fourth side?
5  4  20 feet 48  12  12  12  12 feet
? feet 48 feet

Oak tree 5ft 5ft 5ft 5ft 12ft 12ft 12ft ?


Karen 5ft

5. On Monday, Chris had $250 in his savings account. On


Friday, he spent $16 at the movies. On Saturday, he
deposited a $120 check. Which number sentence below
shows how much money Chris has?

A 250  16  120 C 250  16  120


B 250  16  120 D 250  16  120

6. Writing to Explain Melissa is making bookmarks from a piece


of ribbon that is 12 inches long. Each bookmark is 4 inches
long. She drew this picture to see how many bookmarks she
could make from the ribbon. What did she do wrong?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

12 in. in all
4 inches 4 inches 4 inches 4 inches

She should have divided it into 3 pieces that


were 4 in. long.
62 Topic 3
Name Reteaching
4-1
Meanings of Division
When you divide, you separate things into equal groups.
Doris is making 8 box lunches, each with the same number of
strawberries. She has a total of 32 strawberries. How many

Reteaching 4-1
strawberries should go in each lunch?
What you think: Doris will have to place an equal number of
strawberries in each box. She must put 32 strawberries into
8 equal groups. How many strawberries are in each group?
What you show: 8 equal groups

32 strawberries divided into 8 separate groups leaves


4 strawberries in each group.
What you write: 32  8  4
32 is the dividend, the number that is being divided.
8 is the divisor, the number the dividend is being divided by.
4 is the quotient, or the answer to the division problem.
Each lunch should have 4 strawberries.

Draw pictures to solve each problem. Sample answers:


1. You put 15 marbles into 3 groups.
How many marbles are in each group?
5 marbles
2. You need to put 20 ice cubes into
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

5 glasses. How many cubes


should go into each glass?
4 cubes
Topic 4 63
Name Practice
4-1
Meanings of Division
Draw pictures to solve each problem.
1. There are 12 small gift bags. Each bag can hold 1 toy and
some stickers. There are 36 stickers. If an equal number
of stickers is put in each bag, how many stickers will be in
Practice 4-1

each bag?

3 stickers
Students’ drawings may vary.
2. One egg carton holds 12 eggs. How many cartons are you
able to fill with 60 eggs?

5 cartons
Students’ drawings may vary.
3. There are 21 students in Mr. Tentler’s class. The
students divided themselves evenly into 3 groups.
How many students are in each group?
7 students
4. Calvin read an 18-page chapter in his social studies book in
2 hours. If he read the same number of pages each hour, how
many pages did he read per hour?
A 3 pages B 6 pages C 9 pages D 12 pages

5. Writing to Explain The class is planning a party. The


pizza restaurant cuts each pizza into 8 slices. There are 32
students. How many pizzas does the class need to order for
each student to have one slice? Explain.

4 pizzas; Sample answer:


How many groups of 8 slices are
needed to have 32? 32  8  4.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

64 Topic 4
Name Reteaching
4-2
Relating Multiplication
and Division
Multiplication and division are related, just like addition and subtraction are
related.

Reteaching 4-2
This is the fact family for 5, 6, and 30:
5  6  30 30  6  5
6  5  30 30  5  6

Complete each fact family.

1. 2  5  10 2. 9 3  27

5  2  10 3  9  27

10  5  2 27  3  9
10  2  5 27  9  3
3. 8  9  72 4. 6 8  48

9  8  72 8  6  48

72  8  9 48  8  6
72  9  8 48  6  8
Write a fact family for each set of numbers.

5. 7, 4, 28
4  7  28; 7  4  28; 28  7  4; 28  4  7
6. 5, 8, 40
40  5  8; 40  8  5; 8  5  40; 5  8  40
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

7. Number Sense What multiplication facts are part of the fact


family for 12  3  4?
3  4  12 and 4  3  12
Topic 4 65
Name Practice
4-2
Relating Multiplication
and Division
Complete each fact family.

1. 7  6  42 2. 9  4  36
Practice 4-2

6  7  42 4  9  36

42  6  7 36  4  9
42  7  6 36  9  4
Write a fact family for each set of numbers.
3. 6, 3, 18
6  3  18; 3  6  18; 18  6  3;
18  3  6
4. 5, 5, 25
5  5  25; 25  5  5
5. Reasoning Why does the fact family for 81 and 9 have only
two number sentences?
Sample answer: The related facts
have the same numbers; 9  9  81
and 81  9  9.
6. Which number sentence completes the fact family?
9  6  54 54  9  6 54  6  9
A 9  9  81 B 6  9  54 C 6  6  36 D 8  6  48

7. Writing to Explain Find two ways to divide 16 evenly. Explain.


Sample answer: 16  2  8;
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

16  8  2
66 Topic 4
Name Reteaching
4-3
Special Quotients
There are special rules for dividing numbers by 1 and by 0.
Rule: A number divided by 1 is that number.
Examples: 4  1  4 55  1  55

Reteaching 4-3
Rule: A number divided by itself (except 0) is 1.
Examples: 17  17  1 135  135  1

Rule: Zero divided by a number (except 0) is 0.


Examples: 0  4  0 0  15  0

Rule: You cannot divide a number by zero.


Examples: 7  0 cannot be done. 12  0 cannot be done.

1. 0  2  0 2. 4  4  1
3. 0  7  0 4. 9  9  1
5. 0  3  0 6. 10  10  1
7. 0  11  0 8. 11  1  11
Compare. Use >, <, or  for each .

9. 6  6  33 10. 7  1 > 88


11. 05 < 31 12. 04  09

13. 55 > 05 14. 77  99

15. 81 > 08 16. 99 < 91

17. 0  12 < 12  1 18. 0  11  0  15


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

19. Number Sense If a  4  0, what do you


know about a?
a0

Topic 4 67
Name Practice
4-3
Special Quotients
1. 0  10  0 2. 7  1  7 3. 8  8  1
4. 9  9  1 5. 0  5  0 6. 5  1  5
 4  0  1  6
Practice 4-3

7. 14 8. 80 9. 33 10. 16

11. Number Sense If x  9  1, how do you know what x is? Explain.


x  9; Sample answer: Any number
divided by itself equals 1.
12. Kenneth has 22 math problems to do for homework. He
has 12 problems done. How many more problems does
he have left? If he completes 1 problem every minute, how
many more minutes does he have to work?
10; 10 min
13. There are 8 people who would like to share a box of
granola bars that contains 8 bars. How many granola bars
does each person get if they share equally?
1 granola bar
14. Which is the quotient of 20  20?
A 20 B 2 C 1 D 0

15. Writing to Explain Write a rule for the following number


sentence: 0  7  0.
Sample answer: The rule for 0  7  0
is that when 0 is divided by any
number (except 0) the answer is 0.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

68 Topic 4
Name Reteaching
4-4
Using Multiplication Facts to
Find Division Facts
Darren is laying a tile floor in
the hallway. The pattern for the floor is

Reteaching 4-4
shown to the right.
First, use Darren’s tile floor to write
a multiplication story for Darren’s tile floor has 4 rows
4  8  32. with 8 pieces of tile in each
row. How many pieces of tile
are there in all?
Second, use Darren’s tile floor to write
a division story for 32  4  8. Darren has 32 small triangles.
He needs 4 for each shaded
square. How many shaded
squares can he make with the
small triangles?

Use the data in the table to write a multiplication or a division story for each
number fact. Solve.
Sample answers
Building Supplies Number in a Box are given for 1-2
Fasteners 6
Bolts 12

1. 4  6
There are 6 fasteners in a box. How many
fasteners are in 4 boxes? 24 fasteners

2. 12  4
There are 4 sizes of bolts in each box of 12.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

How many of each size bolt are in each box?


3 bolts of each size
Topic 4 69
Name Practice
4-4
Using Multiplication Facts to
Find Division Facts
Solve.

1. 12  3  4 7. 63  9  7
Practice 4-4

2. 20  5  4 8. 36  4  9
3. 50  10  5 9. 48  6  8
4. 27  9  3 10. 32  8  4
5. 6  2  3 11. 25  5  5
6. 16  8  2 12. 18  2  9

First Aid Kit


Use the data in the table to write a
Supply Number in Kit
multiplication story for the number
Bandages 4
fact. Solve.
Cleanser Pads 6
13. 2  6  Cotton Balls 12

Answers will vary; 12

14. Which is the quotient of 28  7?


A 14 B 9 C 6 D 4

15. Writing to Explain Write a division story for 12 and 3.


Check students’ stories.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

70 Topic 4
Name Reteaching
4-5
Problem Solving: Draw a
Picture and Write an Equation
Read the question and follow the steps to solve.
Bryan has 24 bottles of water. He and his friends have

Reteaching 4-5
8 backpacks. If he puts the same number of bottles into each backpack, how
many bottles will be in each?

Step 1: Read/Understand Step 2: Plan and Solve Step 3: Check


• Find the information the • Draw a picture to help you • Check your answer
problem gives you. [There visualize the problem. by using the inverse
are 24 bottles of water operation. [I used division
24 in all
and 8 backpacks.] to solve the problem, so I
? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? need to use multiplication
• Find the information the
to check my answer. If
problem wants you to • Figure out which operation
8 divides into 24 three
figure out. [The number of you need to use. [Division]
times, then 8  3 should
bottles in each backpack] • Write an equation. equal 24. 8  3  24. The
[24  8  ?] Solve. answer checks.]
[?  3 bottles]

1. Strategy Practice Joeli has 10 quarters. She wants


to buy postcards to mail to her friends. Each postcard
costs 2 quarters. How many postcards can she buy?

• What does the question tell you?


Joeli has 10 quarters, each postcard
• What does the question ask you to find? costs 2 quarters
How many can she buy?
• Write an equation. Solve and check.
10  2  5
She can buy 5 postcards.
Solve the following problems. Draw a picture to help.
2. Mack has 36 photos. His album can fit 9 photos per page.
4
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

How many pages will he need to use?


3. There are 3 buses taking 96 students on a field trip.
If each bus has the same number of students,
how many students are on each bus? 32
Topic 4 71
Name Practice
4-5
Problem Solving: Draw a
Picture and Write an Equation
1. Terrence has 16 trophies and he 2. Jody is making a sculpture of her
wants to put an equal number on dog. If the sculpture is 6 inches
4 shelves. How many trophies will long and her dog is 7 times as
Practice 4-5

he have on each shelf? long as the sculpture, how long is


Jody’s dog?
16  4  4 trophies 6  7  42 inches
16 Trophies ? Length of Dog

? ? ? ? Dog 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Trophies per shelf Sculpture 6
3. Lisa has 45 megabytes of space 4. A store is displaying boxes of a
left on her flash drive. She has new video game in 7 rows. If the
5 files that are the same size that store has 49 copies of the game
will fill up the space. How many how many games are in each row?
megabytes is each file?
45  5  9 megabytes 49  7  7 games
45 Megabytes 49 Games

? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?
Megabytes per file Games in one row
5. Mrs. Lopez is 54 and has a daughter who is six years more
than a third of her age. Draw a picture to help find which
expression below shows how old Mrs. Lopez’s daughter is.
A 54  6  3 B 54  3  6 C 54  6  3 D 54  3  6

6. Writing to Explain Jillian wants to organize her CD


collection into wooden crates. Each crate holds 8 CDs. Jillian
has 48 CDs. How can she use a picture to figure out how
many crates she needs?
She can draw a picture of her 48 CDs, and
divide the picture into groups of 8. That will
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

tell her that she needs 6 wooden crates to


hold all of her CDs.
72 Topic 4
Name Reteaching
5-1
Multiplying by Multiples
of 10 and 100
Patterns can help you multiply by numbers that are multiples of 10 or 100.
3  5  15 248 5  7  35
3  50  150 2  40  80 5  70  350

Reteaching 5-1
3  500  1,500 2  400  800 5  700  3,500

To find each of the products above, first complete the basic multiplication fact,
then write the same number of zeros seen in the factor that is a multiple of 10. For
example:
3  500  1,500
First find 3  5. 3  5  15
Then, count the number of zeros
in the multiple of 10. 500 has 2 zeros.
Write 2 zeros to form the product. 1,500

Find each product. Use mental math.

1. 8  80  640 2. 6  60  360
3. 7  90  630 4. 5  200  1,000
5. 3  40  120 6. 7  200  1,400
7. 500  6  3,000 8. 600  9  5,400
9. 3  800  2,400 10. 600  7  4,200
11. Number Sense To find 8  600, multiply 8 and 6, then
write 2 zeros to form the product.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 5 73
Name Practice
5-1
Multiplying by Multiples
of 10 and 100
Find each product. Use mental math.

1. 6  70  420 2. 80  2  160
3. 40  9  360 4. 10  3  30
Practice 5-1

5. 4  500  2,000 6. 300  9  2,700


7. 8  600  4,800 8. 7  400  2,800
9. 6  200  1,200 10. 800  5  4,000
11. 6  800  4,800 12. 400  3  1,200
13. Number Sense How many zeros will the product of
7  500 have? 2 zeros
Mr. Young has 30 times as many pencils as Jack. The whole school has 200 times
as many pencils as Jack. If Jack has
2 pencils, how many pencils does
14. Mr. Young have? 15. the whole school have?
60 pencils 400 pencils
16. Find 3  100.
A 30 B 300 C 3,000 D 30,000

17. Writing to Explain Wendi says that the product of 5  400


will have 2 zeros. Is she correct? Explain.
No; Sample answer: There is 1 zero
from 5  4 and 2 zeros from 400. She
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

forgot the zero from the basic fact.

74 Topic 5
Name Reteaching
5-2
Using Mental Math to Multiply
You can multiply mentally by using compatible numbers or breaking apart
numbers.
Find 4  19 using compatible numbers. Find 2  76 by breaking apart numbers.

Step 1: Substitute a compatible number for 19 Step 1: Use place value to break apart

Reteaching 5-2
that is easy to multiply by 4.
76 into 70 and 6.
19  4
2  76
Add 1 to make 20.
20  4 Step 2: Think of 2  76 as

Step 2: Find the new product. 2  70 and 2  6.

20  4  80 2  70  2  6

Step 3: Now adjust. Subtract 1 group of 4. 140  12


80  4  76.
Step 3: Add the partial products to get the total.
4  19  76
140  12  152

2  76  152

Use mental math to find each product.

1. 5  32  160 2. 7  53  371
3. 66  2  132 4. 92  4  368
5. 31  8  248 6. 4  29  116
7. 18  5  90 8. 6  49  294
9. 68  3  204 10. 4  19  76
11. 17  5  85 12. 31  6  186
13. Algebra In a  b  120, a is a one-digit number and b is a
two-digit number. What numbers could a and b represent?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Sample answers: 2, 60; 3, 40; 4, 30

Topic 5 75
Name Practice
5-2
Using Mental Math to Multiply
Use compatible numbers to find each product.

1. 34  4  136 2. 53  7  371 3. 41  6  246


4. 76  5  380 5. 83  3  249 6. 28  8  224
7. 94  2  188 8. 16  4  64 9. 46  5  230
Practice 5-2

Use breaking apart to find each product.

10. 15  6  90 11. 95  4  380 12. 29  6  174


13. 83  7  581 14. 36  2  72 15. 79  4  316
16. 42  8  336 17. 17  5  85 18. 86  9  774
19. Reasonableness Quinn used breaking apart to find the product
of 37  4. Her answer was 124. What did she do incorrectly?
Quinn correctly multiplied 30  4  120,
but she added 4 to 120, instead of
adding the product of 7  4, or 28.
20. Davidson’s Bakery uses 9 dozen eggs to make cookies each
day. How many eggs do they use?
A 90 B 98 C 108 D 112

21. Writing to Explain Find the product of 53  6. Explain how


you found the product.
318; Sample answer: I multiplied 50 by 6
to get 300. Then I added three groups of
6, or 18, to that product.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

76 Topic 5
Name Reteaching
5-3
Using Rounding to Estimate
You can use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate products.
Estimate 7  28.
Using rounding numbers Using compatible numbers
Round 28 to 30. Replace 28 with 25.
7  30 7  25

Reteaching 5-3
7  30  210 7  25  175

Estimate each product. Sample answers are given.


1. 6  88 is close to 6  90 2. 59  4 is close to 60 4

3. 7  31 210 4. 38  5 200
5. 21  6 120 6. 3  53 150
7. 5  790 4,000 8. 488  6 3,000

9. Number Sense Estimate to tell if 5  68 is greater than or


less than 350. Tell how you decided.
Less than; 5  70  350, so 5  68
must be less than 350.
10. Estimate how many of Part C Parts Made at a Factory
would be made in 4 months. in One Month
3,500
About 3,600 parts 3,000 2,850
Number of Parts

2,500
2,000
11. Estimate how many of Part B 1,500
1,510
would be made in 3 months. 1,000 934

About 4,500 parts 500


0
Part A Part B Part C
12. Estimate how many of Part A
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

would be made in 9 months.


About 27,000 parts

Topic 5 77
Name Practice
5-3
Using Rounding to Estimate
Estimate each product. Sample answers given for 1–12.

1. 38  2 80 2. 7  47 350
3. 54  6 300 4. 121  2 200
5. 548  8 4,000 6. 823  3 2,400
Practice 5-3

7. 7  289 2,100 8. 183  4 800


9. 2  87 180 10. 673  8 5,600
The distance between San Francisco, California, and
Salt Lake City, Utah, is 752 miles.
11. About how many miles would 12. About how many miles would
a car drive if it made 4 one-way a car drive if it made 9 one-way
trips? trips?

3,200 7,200

13. Vera has 8 boxes of paper clips. Each box has 275 paper
clips. About how many paper clips does Vera have?
A 240 B 1,600 C 2,400 D 24,000

14. Writing to Explain A large 7-story office building has 116


windows on each floor. About how many windows does the
building have in all?
7 floors of 100 windows each is
7  100  700 windows.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

78 Topic 5
Name Reteaching
5-4
Problem Solving:
Reasonableness
After you solve a problem, it is important to check your answer to see whether it is
reasonable.
Read and Understand There are 5 animals on a farm. Each animal eats

Reteaching 5-4
105 pounds of food per week. How much food
does the farmer have to buy each week?
? pounds of food in all

105 105 105 105 105


Plan and Solve Multiply to find the answer. 5  105  525

Check for Reasonableness Ask yourself, “Did I answer the right question?”
Estimate to check your answer. 5  100  500.
The answer is reasonable because 500 is close
to 525.

Solve the following problems. Check your answers for reasonableness.


1. Marisa multiplied 302  6 and got a product of 192.
Explain why Marisa’s answer is not reasonable.

Sample answer: 300  60  1,800; this


estimate is not close to 192, so Marisa’s
answer is not reasonable.
2. Jaime practiced swimming for 11 hours every week for
8 weeks. About how many hours did he practice in all?
How can you check your answer?
88; I can check my answer by
estimating. 10  8  80; 80 is close
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

to 88, so my answer is reasonable.

Topic 5 79
Name Practice
5-4
Problem Solving:
Reasonableness
For 1 and 2, use reasonableness to decide if each answer is
correct. Explain why the answer is reasonable or not. If the
answer is incorrect, give the correct answer.
1. Johan is selling baseball cards for 10¢ each. He is selling
8 cards and says he’ll make $8.
Practice 5-4

Johan is incorrect, he needs to multiply


10 by 8 to get 80¢.
2. Erika is bringing cupcakes to her class. Her class sits in
4 rows of 7, so Erika estimates she’ll need 35 cupcakes.
Erika’s estimate is reasonable. She’s only
1 number up and her estimate is close to
28, the actual number she’ll need.
Julia is planting sunflowers. Use the table to the right
Height in
to solve 3 through 5.
Weeks inches
3. How large will the sunflower be after the 5th week? 1 16
80 inches 2
3
32
48
4. Viktor divided 63 by 7 and said his answer is 10. 4 64
Which statement below shows why his answer is 5
NOT reasonable?
A Viktor subtracted C Viktor estimated, he didn’t solve

B Viktor answered the wrong question D Viktor is correct

5. Writing to Explain The world’s largest sunflower was about 300 inches tall.
Julia says her sunflower will be that tall in 10 weeks because after 2 weeks her
sunflower was 32 inches and 32  10  320. Is Julia correct? If not, what did she
do wrong?
Julia is incorrect because she forgot to
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

divide 32 by 2. If the sunflower keeps


growing, it will take 19 weeks to exceed
300 inches. (16  19  304 inches)
80 Topic 5
Name Reteaching
5-5
Using an Expanded Algorithm
You can use arrays of place-value blocks to multiply.
Find the product for 3  14.

Reteaching 5-5
What You Show What You Write

3  10 = 30 3  4 = 12 14 3 X 4 ones
30 + 12 = 42 X 3 3 X 1 ten
12
+ 30
42

Draw an array for each problem to find the partial products and the product.
Complete the calculation.
1. 18 2. 21
 4  6

72 126
3. 17 4. 11
 6  2
102 22
5. 23 6. 16
 5  3
115 48
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

7. Number Sense What two simpler problems can you use to find 9  38?
(Hint: think about the tens and ones.)
9  30 and 9  8
Topic 5 81
Name Practice
5-5
Using an Expanded Algorithm
Use the array to find the partial products. Add the partial products to find the
product.

1. 42 2. 39
 8  7
Practice 5-5

320; 16; 336 210; 63; 273

3. 21 4. 37
 4  4
80; 4; 84 120; 28; 148
5. 7  14  70; 28; 98 6. 3  52 150; 6; 156

7. 4  42  160; 8; 168 8. 5  26 100; 30; 130

9. 6  62  360; 12; 372 10. 9  76  630; 54; 684

11. Alex can type 72 words per minute. How many words 360 words
can Alex type in 5 minutes?

12. Find 8  44.


A 282 B 312 C 352 D 372

13. Writing to Explain Explain how you can use an array to find partial products
for 4  36.
Sample answer: Show four rows of
three columns of tens blocks. Then
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

show 4 rows of 6 ones blocks. Add


the totals of the tens and ones blocks
together: 120  24  144.
82 Topic 5
Name Reteaching
5-6
Multiplying 2-Digit by
1-Digit Numbers
Here is how to multiply a 2-digit number by a 1-digit number using paper and
pencil.

Reteaching 5-6
Find 3  24. What You Think What You Write

1
Step 1
24
Multiply the ones.
Regroup if necessary. x 3
3  4  12 ones 2
Regroup 12 ones as 1 ten 2 ones.
1
Step 2
24
Multiply the tens.
Add any extra tens. x 3
3  2 tens  6 tens 72
6 tens  1 ten  7 tens

Is your answer reasonable?


Exact: 3  24  72
Round 24 to 20.
Estimate: 3  20  60 Since 72 is close to 60, the answer is reasonable.

Find each product. Decide if your answer is reasonable.


1. 13 2. 17 3. 24 4. 48
 3  7  5  8
39 119 120 384
5. 62 6. 36 7. 88 8. 52
 6  5  5  8
372 180 440 416

81  6
9. Estimation Use estimation to decide which has
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

the greater product: 81  6 or 9  5.

Topic 5 83
Name Practice
5-6
Multiplying 2-Digit by
1-Digit Numbers
Find each product. Decide if your answer is reasonable.
1. 1 9 2. 2 3 3. 5 1
4 7 6
7 6 1 6 1 3 0 6
Practice 5-6

4. 39 5. 48 6. 53 7. 29
 7  5  7  8
273 240 371 232
8. 42  6  252 9. 89  8  712
10. 77  9  693 11. 94  4  376

12. Number Sense Penny says that 4  65 = 260. Estimate to


check Penny’s answer. Is she right? Explain.
Sample answer: 4  70  280. Penny
is right because 260 is close to 280.
13. A large dump truck uses about 18 gallons of fuel in
1 hour of work. How many gallons of fuel are needed
if the truck works for 5 hours? 90 gal
14. Which of the following is a reasonable estimate for 6  82?
A 48 B 480 C 540 D 550

15. Writing to Explain Tyrone has 6 times as many marbles as his


sister Pam. Pam has 34 marbles. Louis has 202 marbles. Who
has more marbles, Tyrone or Louis? Explain how you found
your answer.
Tyrone; Sample answer: 34  6  204.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Tyrone has 204 marbles. 204 > 202, so


Tyrone has more marbles than Louis.
84 Topic 5
Name Reteaching
5-7
Multiplying 3-Digit by
1-Digit Numbers
Here is how to multiply larger numbers.

Example A Example B

Reteaching 5-7
1 2
Step 1
154 214
Multiply the ones.
Regroup if necessary. x 4 x 7
6 8
21 2
Step 2
154 214
Multiply the tens.
Add any extra tens. x 4 x 7
Regroup if necessary. 16 98
21 2
Step 3
154 214
Multiply the hundreds.
Add any extra hundreds. x 4 x 7
616 1,498

Find each product. Estimate to check reasonableness.


1. 185 2. 517 3. 741 4. 413
 4  4  3  6

740 2,068 2,223 2,478


5. 625 6. 381 7. 711 8. 802
 6  5  8  5

3,750 1,905 5,688 4,010


9. Number Sense How could you 10. A factory can make 241 footballs
use the product of 108 and 4 to in 1 week. How many can it make
find the product of 324 and 4? in 9 weeks?
Triple the product 2,169
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

of 108 and 4

Topic 5 85
Name Practice
5-7
Multiplying 3-Digit
by 1-Digit Numbers
Find each product. Estimate for reasonableness.
1. 352 2. 385 3. 482 4. 632
 3  4  8  5
1,056 1,540 3,856 3,160
Practice 5-7

5. 219 6. 768 7. 521 8. 848


 6  7  4  9
1,314 5,376 2,084 7,632
9. 7  211  1,477 10. 6  517  3,102
If the baseball players in the table score Runs Scored in 2001
the same number of runs each season, Player Runs Scored
how many runs will A 128
11. Player A score in 5 seasons? B 113

640 runs C 142

12. Player C score in 8 seasons?


1,136 runs
13. How many bottles of water would Tim sell if he sold
212 bottles each week for 4 weeks?
A 800 B 840 C 848 D 884

14. Writing to Explain If you know that 8  300  2,400, how


can you find 8  320? Explain.
Sample answer: You can add 8  20 to
2,400. 8  20  160; 160  2,400  2,560.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

So, 8  320  2,560.

86 Topic 5
Name Reteaching
5-8
Problem Solving: Draw a
Picture and Write an Equation
Understanding when to choose a particular operation can help you solve
problems.

READ AND The average male giraffe is 3 A goldfish named Tish lived from

Reteaching 5-8
UNDERSTAND times taller than Ramon. Ramon 1956 to 1999. How many years
is 6 feet tall. How tall is the did it live?
Show the average male giraffe?
main idea.

Ramon 6 ?
3 times
Giraffe 6 6 6 as tall
1956 1999
? feet in all

PLAN AND SOLVE Multiply to find “times as tall.” Subtract to compare the numbers.
Choose an 3 6 18 1999 1956 43
operation. Times Ramon’s Average Year Year Years in
as height giraffe’s died born between
tall height

Draw a picture to show each main idea. Then choose an operation and solve
each problem.
1. Nora has a collection of 14 stuffed animals. Mindy has
twice as many stuffed animals. How many stuffed animals
does Mindy have?
Nora 14
Mindy 14 14
28 stuffed animals ? stuffed animals in all

2. Runner A ran 844 miles last year. Runner B ran 1,063 miles.
How many more miles did Runner B run than Runner A?

?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Runner A 844

219 mi; Runner B 1,063

Topic 5 87
Name Practice
5-8
Problem Solving: Draw a
Picture and Write an Equation
Draw a picture to show the main idea. Then choose an operation and solve the
problem.
Sample drawings
1. A sack of potatoes weighs 20 lb and holds 200 potatoes.
A sack of apples weighs 20 lb and holds 325 apples. How for 1–4.
Practice 5-8

many more apples are there in a 20 lb sack?


Potatoes 200 ?
325  200 
Apples 325
125 more apples

2. Shawna has 35 football cards and 5 times as many


baseball cards in her sports-card collection. How many
baseball cards does she have?
? baseball cards

5  35  Baseball cards 35 35 35 35 35
175 baseball
cards Football cards 35
3. A picture frame costs $8. How
much will 4 frames cost? ? dollars

4  $8  $32 $8 $8 $8 $8
cost of each frame
c
4. The first modern electronic computer, called
ENIAC, was introduced in 1946. Personal home
computers were not available until 28 years later.
In what year were personal home computers 28
introduced?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

1946  28  1974 1946 ?

88 Topic 5
Name Reteaching
6-1
Variables and Expressions
How do you use expressions containing variables?
To use an expression with a variable, 36  n
replace the variable with a value and
compute. 36  6  42
Suppose n  6.

Substitute 6 for n.

Reteaching 6-1
Then, add.

You can also use a table.

t t – 15
28 13 28  15  13
41 26 41  15  26
19 4
35

Substitute 35 for the expression t  15.


35  15  20.
The missing number is 20.

Copy and complete the table.


w w  16
1. 6 6  16  22
2. 9 9  16  25
3. 14  16  30 14
4. Number Sense Does the expression d  12 have a greater
value when d  42 or when d  46? When d  46
Find the missing number in each table.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

5. e 16 22 26 31 6. g 100 72 56 12
e3 48 66 78 93 g2 50 36 28 6

Topic 6 89
Name Practice
6-1
Variables and Expressions
Copy and complete the table.

k k7
1. 5 57❚ 35
2. 9 9  7  ❚ 63
3. 11 ❚  7  77 11
4. 13 ❚  7  91 13
Practice 6-1

Complete the table for each problem.


5. 6.
x 60 72 42 36 b 14 18 23 27
x6 10 12 7 6 b9 23 27 32 36

7. z 5 8 10 12 8. y 57 44 31 26
z8 40 64 80 96 y4 53 40 27 22

9. When c = 4, what is the value of the expression 72  c?


A 18 B 20 C 24 D 28

10. Writing to Explain Explain how you could show five less
than a number using an expression.

Sample answer: Assign the variable


n to represent any number, and show
the expression n  5. © Pearson Education, Inc. 4

90 Topic 6
Name Reteaching
6-2
Addition and Subtraction
Expressions
How do you find a rule to write an expression?
To find a rule and write an expression, look at v 57 28 10
the numbers being compared. Which is the 50 21 3
greater number?

Reteaching 6-2
Consider 57 and 50. 57 is greater than 50, so
rule out addition. Compare the numbers in
each column of the table.
Find how much greater 57 is than 50.
57 is 7 more than 50, so the rule must
involve subtraction.

Look at the other two columns of numbers


and compare them. The top number is 7
more than the bottom number.

A rule is subtract 7, so the expression


is v  7.

Find a rule for each table.


1. r  13 2. f4
r 24 28 31 36 f 17 41 86 93
11 15 18 23 21 45 90 97

Find a rule and write the missing number for each table.
3. c  25 4. h8
c 7 10 15 19 h 52 47 40 36
32 35 40 44 44 39 32 28

5. m  43 6. s  17
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

m 68 72 77 82 s 34 37 74 78
25 29 34 39 51 54 91 95

Topic 6 91
Name Practice
6-2
Addition and Subtraction
Expressions
Find a rule and write the missing number for each table.
1. r  12 2. a  34
r 19 24 32 37 a 6 9 12 15
40 46 49
7 12 20 25 43
3. s5 4.
b  16
Practice 6-2

s 10 15 25 30 b 16 19 22 26
35 38 42
5 10 20 25 32
5. w3 6. n  11
w 3 6 9 12 n 51 42 33 24
40 31 13
6 9 12 15 22

7. Evaluate the expression 15  n when n  9. 6


8. Which expression stands for “32 more than a number d”?
A 32  d B 32  d C 32  d D 32  d

9. Writing to Explain Explain how you know to use a variable


in an addition or subtraction expression.
Sample answer: You use a variable
to represent an unknown value in an
expression.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

92 Topic 6
Name Reteaching
6-3
Multiplication and
Division Expressions
Find a rule and write an expression using
multiplication and division.
To find a rule and write an expression, look at
b 3 6 8
the numbers being compared. Which is the
greater number? 24 48 64

Reteaching 6-3
Consider 3 and 24. 24 is greater than 3, so
rule out subtraction and division.
Compare the numbers in
each column of the table.
Find how much greater 24 is than 3. 24 is 8
times more than 3, so the rule must involve
multiplication.

Look at the other two columns of numbers


and compare them. The bottom number is 8
times more than the top number.

A rule is multiply by 8, so the expression


is 8  b.

Find a rule for each table.


1. a8 2. u4
a 48 56 64 72 u 8 11 13 16
6 7 8 9 32 44 52 64

Find a rule and write the missing number for each table.
3. j2 4. e  14
j 64 54 24 18 e 2 4 6 7
32 27 12 9 28 56 84 98
5. p5 6. q  12
p 4 6 10 17 q 96 84 60 48
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

20 30 50 85 8 7 5 4

Topic 6 93
Name Practice
6-3
Multiplication and Division
Expressions
Find a rule and write the missing number for each table.
1. m9 2. k7
m 6 7 8 9 k 14 21 49 77
54 63 72 81 2 3 7 11

3. z3 4. q  19
Practice 6-3

z 54 48 39 30 q 2 3 4 5
18 16 13 10 38 57 76 95
5. e6 6. l  12
e 5 7 9 11 l 96 72 48 36
8 6 4
30 42 54 66 3
7. Evaluate the expression 48  n when n  6. 8
8. Which expression means “3 times a number h”?
A 3h B 3h C 3h D 3h

9. Writing to Explain How could you show the inverse


operation of Exercise 5 above?

Sample answer: Invert the table and


change the rule to e  6.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

94 Topic 6
Name Reteaching
6-4
Problem Solving:
Use Objects and Reasoning
Andrea made a design with the figures
shown at the right. She placed all the
figures in a row. No figure was next to a
figure with the same number of sides as itself. No two shaded figures or
unshaded figures were next to each other. The first figure in the design was
a trapezoid.

Reteaching 6-4
How did Andrea arrange the rest of her design?
Understand You need to find the order of the figures in the design.
Plan You can use the clues you have to place the figures.
Draw a picture to help.
Solve Draw four spaces in a row.
You know the trapezoid is first.
It has 4 sides and is shaded.
The next figure cannot have 4 sides or be shaded.
The triangle is second. It has 3 sides and is unshaded.
The next figure cannot have 3 sides or be unshaded.
The pentagon is third. It has 5 sides and is shaded.
The next figure cannot have 5 sides or be shaded.
The square is fourth. It is the only figure left.
It has 4 sides and is unshaded.
Look Back Is this the only solution to Andrea’s design?

1. Draw a figure that could go after the square in Andrea’s design above.
Remember to follow the rules of the design. Check student
2. Look at the design on the right. drawings.
Fill in the next two figures and
then write a description of them. a b
a. Check student descriptions.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

b. Check student descriptions.

Topic 6 95
Name Practice
6-4
Problem Solving:
Use Objects and Reasoning
1. Use the numbers 5 through 9 to fill the spaces
in the square. Each row and column must have 8 1 6
a sum of 15.
3 5 7
2. An, Larissa, Sue, and Jen are sitting in a line in a
roller coaster. Larissa is sitting right in front of An. 4 9 2
Sue is sitting right behind Jen. Jen is not sitting in
Practice 6-4

the front seat. In what order are the girls sitting?


Larissa, An, Jen, Sue
3. What number am I? 5, 284
• My tens digit is 3 more than my thousands digit.
• My ones digit is 2 times my hundreds digit.
• My tens digit is 4 times my hundreds digit.
• My tens digit is 1 more than 7.

4. Jay made a bracelet in art class using beads.


He used the four beads on the right.
Use the clues to guess what the pattern was.
• The square bead is next to the triangle.
• The hexagon is not next to the pentagon.
• No two beads with an even number of sides
are next to each other.
• The last bead is the pentagon.

5. Mark is making a tile design to cover a rectangle.


So far, he has used 2 squares and 2 triangles.
How many and what shape tiles could Mark
use to finish his design?
Sample answer: two triangles
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

6. Draw a picture of Mark’s design.

96 Topic 6
Name Reteaching
7-1
Using Mental Math to Multiply
2-Digit Numbers
You can multiply with mental math by using basic facts and patterns.
Example A: 5  5  25
5  50  250
The product contains the number of zeros in each factor.
Example B: 5  6  30
5  60  300

Reteaching 7-1
50  60  3,000
50  600  30,000
When the product of a basic fact includes a zero, such as
5  6  30, that zero is not part of the pattern.

Multiply. Use mental math.


1. 20  20  2. 50  10  3. 40  40 

400 500 1,600


4. 30  80  5. 60  600  6. 50  900 

2,400 36,000 45,000


7. 70  300  8. 70  600  9. 40  500 

21,000 42,000 20,000


10. Number Sense Tell what numbers go in the blanks.

To find 90  300, multiply 9 and 3 .

Then write 3 zeros at the end.


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 7 97
Name Practice
7-1
Using Mental Math to Multiply
2-Digit Numbers
Multiply. Use mental math.

1. 4  30 
120 2. 5  90 
450
3. 9  200 
1,800 4. 6  500 
3,000
5. 3  600  1,800 6. 0  600  0
7. 90  70  6,300 8. 70  400  28,000
Practice 7-1

9. 50  800  40,000 10. 30  800  24,000


11. 90  500  45,000 12. 30  4,000  120,000
13. Number Sense How many zeros are in the product of
60  900? Explain how you know.
There are three zeros, one from 60 and
two from 900.
Truck A can haul 400 pounds in one trip. Truck B can haul
300 pounds in one trip.
14. How many pounds can Truck A haul in 9 trips? 3,600 lb
15. How many pounds can Truck B haul in 50 trips? 15,000 lb
16. How many pounds can Truck A haul in 70 trips?
A 280 B 2,800 C 28,000 D 280,000

17. Writing to Explain There are 9 players on each basketball


team in a league. Explain how you can find the total number
of players in the league if there are 30 teams.

Multiply the number of players on


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

each team by the number of teams in


the league. 9  30  270 players.
98 Topic 7
Name Reteaching
7-2
Estimating Products
Estimate 11  94.
Using rounding Using compatible numbers
Round 11 to 10. Replace 11 with 10.
Round 94 to 90. Replace 94 with 100.
10  90  900 10  100  1,000
11  94 is about 900. 11  94 is about 1,000.

Sample answers given for 1-18.

Reteaching 7-2
Use rounding to estimate each product.
1. 62  82 2. 59  48 3. 74  302
4,800 3,000 21,000
4. 47  790 5. 498  63 6. 687  38
40,000 30,000 28,000
7. 18  412 8. 385  75 9. 62  147
8,000 32,000 9,000
Use compatible numbers to estimate each product.

10. 32  83 11. 37  22 12. 51  296


2,400 800 15,000
13. 65  34 14. 108  81 15. 43  620
2,100 8,800 24,000
16. 426  71 17. 59  701 18. 87  87
28,000 42,000 8,100
19. Number Sense To estimate the product of 37  99,
Chris multiplied 40  100. Tell how you know if this is an
underestimate or an overestimate.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Overestimate, because both factors


were increased.
Topic 7 99
Name Practice
7-2
Estimating Products Sample
Use rounding to estimate each product. answers given for 1–16.

1. 38  29 1,200 2. 71  47 3,500
3. 54  76 4,000 4. 121  62 7,200

5. 548  28 15,000 6. 823  83 64,000

7. 67  289 21,000 8. 183  34 6,000

Use compatible numbers to estimate each product.


Practice 7-2

9. 28  87 10. 673  85
1,600 –2,700 48,000–63,000
11. 54  347 15,000–24,00012. 65  724 42,000–56,000

13. 81  643 48,000–63,00014. 44  444 16,000–25,000

15. 72  285 14,000–24,00016. 61  76142,000–56,000

17. Vera has 8 boxes of paper clips. Each box has 275 paper
clips. About how many paper clips does Vera have?
A 240 B 1,600 C 2,400 D 24,000

18. Writing to Explain A wind farm generates 330 kilowatts


of electricity each day. About how many kilowatts does the
wind farm produce in a week? Explain.
About 2,100 kilowatts; 330 rounds to
300 and there are 7 days in a week, so
7  300  2,100.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

100 Topic 7
Name Reteaching
7-3
Arrays and an
Expanded Algorithm
Here is how to find the product of 12  24 using an array.
Draw a rectangle 24 units long by 12 units wide.
Divide the rectangle by tens and ones for each factor. Find the number of squares
in each smaller square.

20 4

Reteaching 7-3
10  4  40

10 10  20  200

248

2 2  20  40

Then add the numbers of the squares in the four rectangles:


200  40  40  8  288
So, 12  24  288.

Divide the rectangle by tens and ones for each factor. Then complete the
calculation.
1. 22
1 1
2
2 0
2 0
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

 2 0 0
2 4 2
Topic 7 101
Name Practice
7-3
Arrays and an
Expanded Algorithm
Use the grid to help you complete the calculation.
1. 23
1 7

2 1
1 4 0
3 0
 2 0
Practice 7-3

0
3 9 1
2. 31 3. 26 4. 33
1 9 2 2 1 4
9 1 2 1 2
2 7 0 4 0 1 2 0
1 0 1 2 0 3 0
 3 0 0  4 0 0  3 0 0
5 8 9 5 7 2 4 6 2
5. 24  57  1,368 6. 44  48  2,112
7. A red kangaroo can cover 40 feet in 1 jump. How many
feet can the red kangaroo cover in 12 jumps? 480 ft
8. Barb exercises for 14 hours in 1 week. How many hours does
she exercise in 32 weeks?
A 496 h B 448 h C 420 h D 324 h
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

9. Writing to Explain How is breaking apart the problem


16  34 like solving four simpler problems?
Breaking apart makes four
problems with easier numbers.
102 Topic 7
Name Reteaching
7-4
Multiplying 2-Digit Numbers by
Multiples of Ten
20 6
To find the product of 60 and 26, you can use breaking apart.

Mark off a section of a grid to show 60  26.


Count the number of rows.
Count the number of squares in each row. 60

There are 60 rows.


There are 26 squares per row.

Reteaching 7-4
Draw a line to separate the factor 26 into the tens place and the
ones place. Show 26 as 20  6.

Into how many sections have you divided the larger section? 6
20

There are 2 sections. Mark one section


60  20 and the other section 60  6. 60  20  1,200
60  6  360
Multiply to find the products.
60 rows of 20 1,200 Add. 60

60 rows of 6  360
1,560

For Exercises 1 through 5, use grid models to break apart each


product and solve.

1. 23  40800 and 120; 920


2. 16  30
300 and 180; 480
3. 34  50
1,500 and 200; 1,700
4. 60  47
2,400 and 420; 2,820
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

5. 17  80
800 and 560; 1,360
Check students’ models.
Topic 7 103
Name Practice
7-4
Multiplying 2-Digit Numbers by
Multiples of Ten
Use the grid to show the partial products. Multiply to find the product.

1. 23  50 2. 30  82
80 2
50

20 20  50  1,000 30 30  80  2,400

3 3  50  150 30  2  60

1,000  150; 1,150 2,400  60; 2,460


Practice 7-4

3. 14  40 4. 20  63
10 4 60 3

40  10  400
20 20  60  1,200
40  4  160
40

20  3  60

400  160; 560 1,200  60; 1,260


Use compatible numbers to estimate each product.
5. Martika works as a legal secretary. She earns $20 an hour. How much
does Martika earn if she works 32 hours? $640
6. Which numbers are the partial products of 77  30?
A 210 and 700 B 2,100 and 210 C 511 and 2,100 D 4,900 and 210

7. Writing to Explain Explain how you can find the product of 40  16


by breaking apart the numbers.
Sample answer: To find the product of
40  16, you can add 40  10 to 40  6.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

40  10  400 and 40  6  240.


400  240  640
104 Topic 7
Name Reteaching
7-5
Multiplying 2-Digit by
2-Digit Numbers
There are 24 cars in the race. Each car has a 13-person crew in the pit area. How
many pit-area workers are at the race?

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3


Multiply the ones. Multiply the tens. Add the partial products.
Regroup if necessary. Regroup if necessary.
1 1 1

Reteaching 7-5
24 24 24
13 13 13
72 72 72
240 240
312
24 13 312, so there
are 312 pit-area workers
at the race.

1. 38 2. 67 3. 47 4. 88
 26  27  85  32

988 1,809 3,995 2,816

5. Number Sense Corina multiplied 62  22 and got a product


of 1,042. Explain why Corina’s answer is not reasonable.
Sample answer: Corina’s answer is
not reasonable because even when
both factors are rounded down, her
answer is still low.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 7 105
Name Practice
7-5
Multiplying 2-Digit by
2-Digit Numbers
1. 54 2. 36 3. 53 4. 48
 17  20  12  46

918 720 636 2,208


5. 37 6. 62 7. 91 8. 28
 83  17  49  56

3,071 1,054 4,459 1,568


Practice 7-5

9. 70 10. 58 11. 97 12. 64


 39  90  42  88

2,730 5,220 4,074 5,632


13. A carton holds 24 bottles of juice. How many juice bottles are in 15 cartons?
360 bottles of juice
14. How much do 21 bushels of Vegetable Weight of 1 Bushel
sweet corn weigh?
Asparagus 24 lb
735 lb Beets 52 lb
Carrots 50 lb
15. How much do 18 bushels of Sweet corn 35 lb
asparagus weigh?

432 lb
16. How much more do 13 bushels of beets weigh
than 13 bushels of carrots? 26 lb
17. Which of the following is a reasonable answer for 92  98?
A 1,800 B 9,000 C 10,000 D 90,000

18. Writing to Explain Garth is multiplying 29  16. He has


Sample
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

174 after multiplying the ones and 290 after multiplying answer:
the tens. Explain how Garth can find the final product.
Garth can add 174 and 290 to get 464.
106 Topic 7
Name Reteaching
7-6
Special Cases
Multiply 600  40.

One Way Another Way


Use a pattern.
600  40
6 4  24
6  4 24
60 4  240
There are three zeros in the factors.
600 4  2,400
600  40
600 40  24,000
600  40 24,000

Reteaching 7-6
1. 110 2. 500 3. 10,000
 25  40  25
2,750 20,000 250,000
4. Explain how to use mental math to find 3,000  25.
First multiply: 25  3  75.
Then count the zeros from the
factors, and write them after 75.
3,000  25  75,000.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 7 107
Name Practice
7-6
Special Cases
1. 200 2. 200 3. 300 4. 400
 30  20  25  80

6,000 4,000 7,500 32,000


5. 325 6. 800 7. 500 8. 800
 30  70  70  50

9,750 56,000 35,000 40,000


9. 800 10. 300 11. 600 12. 100
 15  50  50  60
Practice 7-6

12,000 15,000 30,000 6,000


13. Number Sense Would the answer to 20  500 have three
zeroes or 4? Explain.
4 zeroes because 2  5  10 and that
gets three zeroes added to the end of it
to get 10,000.
Use the table at right for problems 14 and 15.
Supplies Per Box
Per Box

14. How many pencils are in 30 boxes? Pencils


Pencils 144
150
Pens
Pens 115
190
4,500 pencils
15. How many pens are in 200 boxes?

38,000 pens
16. Hailey sold 120 bottles of water in 1 week. How many bottles
could she sell in 20 weeks?
A 240 B 1,220 C 2,400 D 24,000

17. Writing to Explain How could you use the product of


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

10  42  420 to find the product of 5  42?


The product of 5  42 would be half
of 10  42
108 Topic 7
Name Reteaching
7-7
Problem Solving:
Two-Question Problems
Read and Understand Problem 1: Gina gave 3 sheets of paper to each of
the 12 students in her class. How many sheets of
paper did she give out?
Problem 2: Each sheet of paper had 3 paper clips
attached to it. How many paper clips did she give out?
Answer Problem 1 first.
? sheets of paper

Reteaching 7-7
12 12 12

12 students  3 sheets of paper  36 sheets of


paper
Gina gave out 36 sheets of paper.
Plan and Solve Use the answer from Problem 1 to solve Problem 2.
? paper clips
36 36 36

36 sheets of paper  3 paper clips  108 paper clips


Gina gave out 108 paper clips.

Solve. Use the answer from Problem 1 to solve Problem 2.


1. Problem 1: April made 16 baskets and glued 5 flowers on each one.
How many flowers did she use altogether?
Problem 2: Each flower April used had 8 petals. How many petals were
there on all the flowers she used?
80 flowers; 640 petals
2. Problem 1: Jorge washed cars for four hours on Saturday. In the first hour,
he washed 4 cars. In the second hour, he washed 9 cars. In the third hour, he
washed 12 cars. How many cars did he wash altogether in the first three hours?
Problem 2: Jorge washed the same number of cars in the fourth hour as he
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

did in the first three hours combined. How many cars did he wash altogether
in four hours?
25 cars; 50 cars
Topic 7 109
Name Practice
7-7
Problem Solving:
Two-Question Problems
For 1 and 2, use the answer from the first problem to solve the second problem.
1. Problem 1: Francisco reads 75 pages every week for a
summer reading program. If there are about 4 weeks in a
month, then how many pages can Francisco read in a month?
Francisco can read 300 pages in a month.
Problem 2: How many pages will Francisco read in the three
months of summer?
Practice 7-7

Francisco will read 900 pages over


2.
the summer.
Problem 1: Mr. Dunn drives a 15-mile round trip every day
to work. If Mr. Dunn works five days a week how many miles
does he drive?

Mr. Dunn drives 75 miles a week.


Problem 2: Mr. Dunn estimates he uses 3 gallons of gas over
the course of a week. How many miles per gallon does his
car get?

Mr. Dunn’s car gets 25 miles per gallon.


3. A company buys printer paper in a box which contains
8 packages. If each package of paper costs 3 dollars, how
much does a box of paper cost? Which equation shows how
much 12 boxes will cost?
A 8  3  12 B 24  12 C 24  12 D 24  12

4. Writing to Explain There are 12 plots in a community


garden. What information would you need to know if you
wanted to know how much area can be farmed in the
community garden? Explain.
You would need to know the area of
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

one of the plots because you already


know the number of plots.
110 Topic 7
Name Reteaching
8-1
Using Mental Math to Divide
When dividing numbers that end in zero, you can use basic division facts, as
well as patterns, to help you divide mentally. For example:

Find 210 7. Find 4,200 6.

What You Think First, find the basic fact. Find the basic fact.
210 7  4,200 6 
21 7  42 6 
21 tens 7  42 hundreds 6 
3 tens or 30 7 hundreds or 700

Reteaching 8-1
What You Write
210 Ö 7 = 30 4,200 Ö 6 = 700

Divide. Use mental math.

1. 250  5  50 2. 7,200  9  800


3. 200  4  50 4. 28,000  7  4,000

5. 810  9  90 6. 50,000  5  10,000

45  9
7. Number Sense What basic fact would you
use to help solve 450,000  9?

8. In 1 week there are 7 days. How many weeks


are in 210 days? 30 weeks
9. How many weeks are there in 420 days? 60 weeks
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 8 111
Name Practice
8-1
Using Mental Math to Divide
Divide. Use mental math.

1. 250  5  50 2. 1,400  2  700


3. 300  5  60 4. 1,600  4  400
5. 240  8  30 6. 36,000  4  9,000
7. 16,000  2  8,000 8. 270  3  90
9. 4,200  7  600 10. 640  8  80
11. 2,000  5  400 12. 320  8  40
Practice 8-1

13. 12,000  2  6,000 14. 1,600  8  200


The fourth grade performed a play based on the story of Cinderella. There was
one chair for each person present.
15. On Friday, 140 people came to the play. The chairs
in the auditorium were arranged in 7 equal
rows. How many chairs were in each row? 20 chairs
16. There were 8 equal rows set up for Saturday’s
performance. There were 240 people at the play
on Saturday. How many chairs were in each row? 30 chairs
17. Which is the quotient of 56,000  8?
A 400 B 4,000 C 700 D 7,000

18 . Writing to Explain Explain why the following answer is not


correct: 1,000  5  2,000.
The quotient can never be larger than
the dividend. The answer is 200.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

112 Topic 8
Name Reteaching
8-2
Estimating Quotients
Estimate 460  9.
You can use compatible numbers. You can also estimate by thinking about
multiplication.
Ask yourself: What is a number close to 460 that
could be easily divided by 9? Try 450. Ask yourself: Nine times what number is
about 460?
450  9  50
9  5  45, so 9  50  450.
So, 460  9 is about 50.
So, 460  9 is about 50.

50 is a good estimation for this problem.

Reteaching 8-2
Estimate each quotient.
1. 165  4 About 40
2. 35  4 About 9
3. 715  9 About 80
4. 490  8 About 60
5. 512  5 About 100
6. 652  8 About 80
7. 790  9 About 90
8. 200  7 About 30
9. 311  6 About 50
10. Number Sense Complete by filling in the circle with  or . Without
dividing, explain how you know which quotient is greater.
315  5 347  5
<, because both dividends are
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

divided by 5 and 347 is greater.

Topic 8 113
Name Practice
8-2
Estimating Quotients
Estimate each quotient.

1. 82  4 About 20 Sample answers


are given for 1–8.
2. 580  3 About 200
3. 96  5 About 20
4. 811  2 About 400
5. 194  6 About 30
6. 207  7 About 30
Practice 8-2

7. 282  4 About 70
8. 479  8 About 60
9. Jacqui is writing a book. If she needs to
write 87 pages in 9 days, about how
many pages will she write each day? About 10 pages
10. Wade wants to give 412 of his marbles to
10 of his friends. If he gives each friend
the same number of marbles, about
how many will each friend receive? About 41 marbles
11. Which is the best estimate for 502  6?
A 60 B 70 C 80 D 90

12. Writing to Explain You are using division to determine


how much whole wheat flour to use in a bread recipe. Is an
estimated answer good enough?
Sample answer: No, because most
recipes need exact measurements.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

114 Topic 8
Name Reteaching
8-3
Dividing with Remainders
When you divide, you can think of putting items into groups.
For example:

60 6  10

60 items 6 groups 10 items in


each group

Sometimes there are items left over. In division, the number of “left over” items is
called the remainder. For example:
62 6  10 R2 2 items
left over

Reteaching 8-3
62 items 6 groups 10 items in
each group

Divide. You may use counters or pictures to help.

8 R2 8 R1 8 R3
4
1. 43 5
2. 86 5
3. 97

4
___ R3 2 R4 4 R1
4. 6 27 4
5. 51 7
6. 93
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

7. Number Sense In division, why should the remainder not


be greater than the divisor?
It means your quotient is too small.
Topic 8 115
Name Practice
8-3
Dividing with Remainders
Divide. You may use counters or pictures to help.

6 R3 5 R2 2 R3 3 R2
7
1. 42 2
2. 63 7
3. 71 9
4. 92

3 R3 9 5 R3 8 R3
7
5. 82 7
6. 32 8
7. 52 5
8. 43

9 R1 4 R2 5 R2 1 R7
9
9. 21 0
10. 73 7
11. 31 6
12. 91

If you arrange these items into equal rows, tell how many will be
Practice 8-3

in each row and how many will be left over.

13. 26 shells into 3 rows 8; 2 left over


14. 19 pennies into 5 rows 3; 4 left over
15. 17 balloons into 7 rows 2; 3 left over
16. Reasonableness Ms. Nikkel wants to divide her class of
23 students into 4 equal teams. Is this reasonable?
Why or why not?
No; Sample answer: 23 cannot be
divided equally by 4.
17. Which is the remainder for the quotient of 79  8?
A 7 B 6 C 5 D 4

18. Writing to Explain Pencils are sold in packages of 5. Explain why


you need 6 packages in order to have enough for 27 students.
Sample answer: 5 packages will not be
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

enough. With 6 packages you have


enough, plus 3 extra.
116 Topic 8
Name Reteaching
8-4
Connecting Models
and Symbols
You can use models to help you solve division problems.
The models below help you find 78  5.
Find 78  5.
Estimate 80  5  16.

First divide the Now, change the Now, divide the Now, write the
tens. tens into the ones. ones. remainder.

1
___ 1
___ 15
___ 15R3
___
5 78 5 78 5 78 5 78
5 5 5 5

Reteaching 8-4
5 tens 5 tens 5 tens 5 tens
28 28 ones 28 28 ones 28 28 ones
25 25
3 3 remainder

There is one tens block 2 tens blocks and 8 ones Each of the 5 groups has 78  5  15 R3
in each group of 5 blocks are equal to 28 ones 1 tens block and 5 ones
blocks blocks

Use the models below to help you fill in the boxes.

1. 66  4  16 R2 2. 97  4  24 R 1

3. 83  7  11 R6 4. 76  3  25 R 1
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 8 117
Name Practice
8-4
Connecting Models
and Symbols
Draw pictures to tell how many are in each group and how many are left over.
1. 57 CDs in 8 organizers 2. 62 stickers on 5 rolls
7 CDs, 1 left over 12 stickers, 2 left over
3. 44 plants in 6 rows 4. 37 chairs for 9 tables
7 plants, 2 left over 4 chairs, 1 left over
In 5 through 8, use the model to complete each division sentence.

5. 27  6  4 R3 6. 99  11  9
Practice 8-4

7. 48 16  3 8. 49  16  3 R 1

9. Ken has 72 marbles. He decides to share them with his


friends so they can play a game. Which of the following
models shows Ken sharing his marbles?

A C

B D

10. Writing to Explain At Mr. Horne’s farm there are 53 cows. There
are 4 people who milk the cows each day. Does each person milk
the same number of cows? Use a model to help you.
Sample: No, 53 divided by 4 is 13
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

with 1 left over.

118 Topic 8
Name Reteaching
8-5
Dividing 2-Digit by
1-Digit Numbers
You can find two-digit quotients by breaking apart the problem and dividing
tens, then ones.

Find 85 5. Find 55 3. Find 83 7.


Estimate: 100 5  20. Estimate: 60 3  20. Estimate: 84 7  12.

17 18 R1 11 R6
5 85 3 55 7 83
5 3 7
35 25 13
35 24  7

Reteaching 8-5
0 1 6
Check: 17 5  85. Check: 18 3  54. Check: 11 7  77.
The answer checks. 54 1  55 77 6  83
The answer checks. The answer checks.

Find the missing values.

1. 2.
2 1
3 8 1 4 7 6
 

 
0 0

30 R1 21 R2 37 R1
1
3. 39 6
4. 48 5
5. 27
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 8 119
Name Practice
8-5
Dividing 2-Digit by
1-Digit Numbers
1. 2. 3.
2 1 R4 8
3 84 6 70 4 72
  

4 0

  
0 4 0

36 17 R1 13 R3 13
Practice 8-5

2
4. 27 6
5. 58 4
6. 79 9
7. 33

12 R3 17 R2 48 14 R1
9
8. 89  7
9. 58 6
10. 29 3
11. 34

Field Trip Snacks


Mrs. Thomas is planning to provide snacks 12
for 96 fourth graders when they go on a field 10
Snacks per
Package

trip to the aquarium. Each student will receive 8


1 of each snack. Using the bar to the right, 6
how many packages of each snack does 4
2
Mrs. Thomas need?
0

12. fruit cups


24 Applesauce Fruit cup
Snacks

13. applesauce 16
14. Which is the remainder of 27  4?
A 1 B 2 C 3 D 4

15. Writing to Explain Explain how to find the number of leftover


pencils if Wendy wants to share 37 pencils with 9 people.
Sample answer: Wendy will give each
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

person 4 pencils and have 1 left over.


37  9  4 R1
120 Topic 8
Name Reteaching
8-6
Dividing 3-Digit by
1-Digit Numbers
You can find 3-digit quotients by breaking apart the problem.

Find 528  4. Find 575  5. Find 725  3.


Estimate 500  4  125. Estimate 600  5  120. Estimate 750  3  250.

132
____ 115
____ 241
____ R2
4 528 5 575 3 725
4 5 6
12 7 12
 12 5  12

Reteaching 8-6
8 25 5
 8  25  3
0 0 2

Check 132  4  528 Check 115  5  575 Check 241  3  723


The answer checks. The answer checks. 723  2  725
The answer checks.

Find the missing values.

1. 315R
____ 1 2. 1 31
____ R2
2 631 6 788
6
 6
3 8 1

 2  18
 11
1 0 8
 6

1 2

154
____ 128
____ 102R1
____
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

3. 3 462 4. 5 640 5. 9 919

Topic 8 121
Name Practice
8-6
Dividing 3-Digit by
1-Digit Numbers
In 1 through 8, use place-value blocks to help you divide.
____ ____ ____ ____
1. 4 412 103 2. 6 936 156 3. 7 798 114 4. 7 806 115 R1
____ ____ ____ ____
5. 3 420 140 6. 5 619 123 R4 7. 7 842 120 R2 8. 8 856 107
9. A train can hold 444 people in rows with 4 seats. How many 4-seat rows
are there? 111
10. A song has 540 beats. If the song is 3 minutes long, how many beats per
minute does the song have? 180
11. Geometry A circle has 360 degrees. If the circle is divided in half, how
Practice 8-6

many degrees does each half measure? 180o


12. Harvey has 513 stamps in his collection. He has 3 stamp books. How many
stamps are in each book? 171
13. Zeeshan has collected 812 autographs. Each autograph is either from a
baseball star, a football star, a movie star, or a rock star. He has an equal
number of autographs for each group. How many autographs does he have
in each group? 203
14. Nicole has 369 tea bags. There are 3 different flavors of tea. What information
do you need to find how many tea bags Nicole has of each flavor?
A The number of flavors
B The number of tea bags
C If a tea bag can be divided into fourths
D If there are an equal number of tea bags for each flavor

15. An ant has 6 legs. There are 870 legs in José’s ant farm. How many ants are
there in his ant farm?
A 14 R5 B 145 C 864 D 5,220

16. Writing to Explain Jeff has 242 DVDs. He has 2 shelves that
can each hold 120 DVDs. Does he need to buy another shelf?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Sample: Yes, 242  2  121. Each shelf holds


120 DVDs, so there will be 2 DVDs that do not fit
on the two shelves.
122 Topic 8
Name Reteaching
8-7
Deciding Where to
Start Dividing
Sometimes there are not enough hundreds to divide by.
Sometimes you have to break up the hundreds into 10 tens.
Find 325  5.
Estimate 300  5  60.

Try to divide the Divide the tens. Now divide the ones.
hundreds.

____ 6
____ 65
____
5 325 5 325 5 325

Reteaching 8-7
 30 30 tens  30 30 tens
2 25
 25 2 tens and
0 5 ones, no
remainder

5 does not divide into 3.


The 3 hundreds now have With 32 tens, 6 tens
to be changed to 30 tens. can go into each one
of the 5 groups.

Each of the five groups


has 6 tens and 5 ones.

Find the missing values in the problems below.


2 4 R4 25
____ 52R2
____
1. 83R 2
____ 2. ____ 3. 5 125 4. 8 418
4 334 6 148
 3 2  1 2
1 4 2 8
 12 2 4

© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

2
4

Topic 8 123
Name Practice
8-7
Deciding Where to
Start Dividing
Complete each calculation.

1. 1 5 R3 2. 4 R3
____3 4
____
7 948 4 179
 7  1 6
2 4 1 9
 2 1  1 6
3 8 3
 3 5
Practice 8-7

3
3. 9 4. 1 2 4 R3
1
____ 1 ____
3 573 6 747
 3  6
2 7 1 4
 2 7 
1 2
0 3 2 7
 0 3  2 4
0 3
____ ____
5. 2 587 293 R1 6. 8 747 93 R3
7. Gerald distributes 582 brochures to 3 businesses each
week. How many brochures does each business get?
A 159 B 174 C 194 D 264

8. Writing to Explain Write and solve a word problem for 456  6.


Sample answer: Bob sells 456 tops
over 6 weeks. On average, how many
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

tops does Bob sell in 1 week? He sells


76 tops per week.
124 Topic 8
Name Reteaching
8-8
Factors
When multiplying two numbers, you know that both numbers are factors of the
product.

Example 1 Example 2
Find the factors of 24. What numbers can you multiply together
to get 16? Find the factors of 16.
Factors Product
What two numbers multiply together to
1  24  24 equal 16?
2  12  24 1  16  16
3  8  24 2  8  16
 6  24  4  16

Reteaching 8-8
4 4
Factors of 24: 8  2  16
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, and 24 16  1  16
Factors of 16: 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16

List all the factors of each number.


1. 18 2. 21 3. 11

1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18 1, 3, 7, 21 1, 11
4. 14 5. 23 6. 33

1, 2, 7, 14 1, 23 1, 3, 11, 33
7. Number Sense Look at the following multiplication
sentences: 2  14 and 3  7. Are these numbers all factors
of the same product? Explain your answer.
No. 2, 14, and 7 are all factors of 28,
but 3 is not a factor of 28.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 8 125
Name Practice
8-8
Factors
For 1 through 12, find all the factors of each number.
1. 54 2. 17 3. 28 4. 31
1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 1, 17 1, 2, 4, 7, 1, 31
18, 27, 54 14, 28
5. 44 6. 47 7. 77 8. 71

1, 2, 4, 11, 1, 47 1, 7, 11, 77 1, 71
22, 44
9. 65 10. 23 11. 57 12. 24
Practice 8-8

1, 5, 13, 65 1, 23 1, 3, 19, 57 1, 2, 3, 4,
6, 8, 12, 24
13. Karl’s mother buys 60 party favors to give out as gifts during
Karl’s birthday party. Which number of guests will NOT let her
divide the party favors evenly among the guests?

A 12 B 15 C 20 D 25

14. Writing to Explain Mrs. Fisher has 91 watches on display


at her store. She says she can arrange them into rows and
columns without any watches left over. Mr. Fisher says that
she can only make 1 row with all 91 watches. Who is right
and why?
Mrs. Fisher is right. 91 objects can be
arranged into 7 rows and 13 columns
or into 13 rows and 7 columns.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

126 Topic 8
Name Reteaching
8-9
Prime and
Composite Numbers

A composite number is a whole number greater than


1 that has more than two different factors. 15 has four
different factors, 1, 3, 5, and 15, so 15 is a composite number.
A prime number is a whole number greater than 1 that
has exactly two factors, itself and 1. 17 has exactly two
factors, 1 and 17, so 17 is a prime number.

Example 1 Example 2

Reteaching 8-9
Is 7 a prime or composite number? Is 6 a prime or composite number?
Find all the factors of 7. Find all the factors of 6.
Factors of 7: 1, 7 Factors of 6: 1, 2, 3, 6
1 and 7 divide evenly into 7. 1, 2, 3, and 6 divide evenly into 6.
7 is a prime number because it only 6 is a composite number because it
has two factors, the number itself has more than two factors.
and 1.

Tell if the number is prime or composite.


1. 5 2. 12 3. 18
prime composite composite
4. 15 5. 37 6. 43
composite prime prime
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 8 127
Name Practice
8-9
Prime and
Composite Numbers
In 1 through 16, write whether each number is prime or composite.
1. 81 2. 43 3. 572 4. 63

composite prime composite composite


5. 53 6. 87 7. 3 8. 27

prime composite prime composite


9. 88 10. 19 11. 69 12. 79

composite prime composite prime


Practice 8-9

13. 3,235 14. 1,212 15. 57 16. 17

composite composite composite prime


17. Mr. Gerry’s class has 19 students, Ms. Vernon’s class has 21 students,
and Mr. Singh’s class has 23 students. Whose class has a composite
number of students?
Ms. Vernon’s class
18. Every prime number larger than 10 has a digit in the ones
place that is included in which set of numbers below?

A 1, 3, 7, 9 C 0, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8

B 1, 3, 5, 9 D 1, 3, 7

19. Writing to Explain Marla says that every number in the


nineties is composite. Jackie says that one number in the
nineties is prime. Who is correct? Explain your answer.
Sample answer: Jackie is correct.
The only number that is prime in the
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

nineties is 97.

128 Topic 8
Name Reteaching
8-10
Problem Solving:
Multiple-Step Problems Number Sense

Solve Problems Step-by-Step


Scott and Gina want to go see a movie after they eat dinner. They have brought
$35 with them. Scott’s meal costs $9.25 and Gina’s meal costs $7.75. Movie
tickets are $9 each. Will they have enough money left over after dinner to pay for 2
movie tickets?
First Step Second Step
Write down what you know: Write down what you need to know:
• They have $35 to spend. • How much money is left over?
• They are spending $9.25 and $7.75 • Is it enough for 2 movie tickets?
on dinner.

Reteaching 8-1
Third Step Fourth Step
Develop a problem-solving strategy: Finish the problem:
• Subtract $9.25 and $7.75 from $35. • Is $18 enough for 2 movie tickets that cost
(Tip: Instead of subtracting these from $9 each?
$35 one at a time, combine them and $9  2  $18
then subtract from $35.) They have $18 left. Yes, they have enough
$ 9.25 $35 for 2 movie tickets.
$ 7.75 then, $17

$17.00 
$18

Solve the problems below using the step-by-step process.


1. Nick and his friends are working on a project.
They need to write 29 pages altogether. If his friend
Kara writes 14 pages, and his friend Jared writes
12 pages, how many pages are left for Nick to write? 3 pages
2. Ashlyn and Brooke went to the arcade with $12.
They bought 4 bottles of water, which cost
$1.50 each. They each bought a sticker book for
$1.25 each. Ashlyn put $0.50 in a fundraiser jar.
A game of pool cost $3 per game. Did they have
enough money left to play? Yes
3. Reasoning Cyndi and Jewel went shopping for school
supplies. They had $16 to spend. They spent $4.50 on
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

pencils, $3.25 on pens, and $6.75 on notebook paper.


Cyndi thought she had enough money left over to buy
a $2 pencil sharpener. Was she correct?
No. She would need $0.50 more.
Topic 8 129
Name Practice
8-10
Problem Solving:
Multiple-Step Problems
Write and answer the hidden question or questions.
Then solve the problem. Write your answer in a County Fair Admission
complete sentence. Adults $5.00
Students $3.00
1. Mario and his family went to the county
fair. They bought 2 adult passes and Children $2.00
3 children’s passes. What was the
total cost for the family?
How much was the total of the adult
passes? $10.00; How much was the
Practice 8-10

total of the children’s passes? $6.00;


The total for Mario’s family was $16.00.
2. A bus has 12 rows with 1 seat in each row on one side and
12 rows with 2 seats in each row on the other side. How
many seats does the bus have altogether?
How many seats are on the first side?
12 seats; How many seats are on the
second side? 24 seats; The total
number of seats on the bus is 36.
3. Writing to Explain Write a problem about going to the laundromat
that has a hidden question. A single load of laundry costs $2 and a
double load costs $4. Solve your problem.
Check students’ problems.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

130 Topic 8
Name Reteaching
9-1
Points, Lines, and Planes
Here are some important geometric terms.

X A B

Point Line
A point is an exact A straight path of points
location in space. that goes on and on in
This is point X. both directions. This is
line AB.

Reteaching 9-1
Parallel lines Intersecting lines Perpendicular lines
Never Pass through the Lines that form right
intersect. same point. angles.

Use geometric terms to describe what is shown. Be as specific as possible.


1. 2. 3.

Two Intersecting Three points


perpendicular lines on a line
lines Sample
4. Name three different lines.

 AB , 
EL , 
answers L
CD for 4–5 C

5. Name a set of parallel lines. A F B


CD and 
E
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

FG
D G

Topic 9 131
Name Practice
9-1
Points, Lines, and Planes
Use geometric terms to describe what is shown. Be as specific as possible.

1. 2.

Line Perpendicular lines


3. 4.

X
Practice 9-1

Point Intersecting lines


5. Name two lines.


AE and 
GD A
D
C
6. Name two lines that are perpendicular.


AE and 
GF B
G
E F

7. Which two lines are parallel?


H J K
A 
HK and 
JL C 
HJ and 
JK
B 
HJ and 
JL D 
HJ and 
LM M
L
8. Writing to Explain Describe a point.

Sample answer: A point is an exact


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

location in space.

132 Topic 9
Name Reteaching
9-2
Lines, Rays,
and Angles
Here are some important geometric terms.

X Y A B

Line segment Ray Right angle


A part of a line. A part of a line. It A square corner.
It has two has one endpoint and
endpoints. This is goes on and on in one
line segment XY. direction. This is ray AB.

Reteaching 9-2
Obtuse angle Acute angle Straight angle
Greater than a Less than a Forms a
right angle. right angle. straight line.

Use geometric terms to describe what is shown. Be as specific as possible.


1. 2. 3.

Obtuse Straight Line


angle angle segment
4. Name three different rays. Sample L


FG , 
EL , 
C

ED answers
A F B
for 4–5
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

E
5. Name two different line segments.

FB, 
 AF D G

Topic 9 133
Name Practice
9-2
Lines, Rays,
and Angles
Use geometric terms to describe what is shown. Be as specific as possible.

1. 2.

Ray Right angle


3. 4.
Practice 9-2

Obtuse angle Line segment


5. Name two line segments.

, BD
AE  C
A
D

6. Name two obtuse angles.


B E F
⬔BCA, ⬔DCE
7. Which is the geometric term for angle HJK? H J K

A Acute angle C Right angle


B Obtuse angle D Straight angle L

8. Writing to Explain Describe an acute angle.


Sample answer: An acute angle is an
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

angle which measures less than 90°.

134 Topic 9
Name Reteaching
9-3
Measuring Angles
An angle is formed by two rays that meet at a common endpoint called the vertex.
The angle is measured in degrees (º).
An angle can be measured or created using a protractor.
To measure an angle:
Place the protractor’s center on the vertex of the angle, and the 0º mark on one
of the angle’s rays. Read the number in degrees where the other ray of the angle
crosses the protractor.
To create an angle:
Draw a dot to show the vertex of the angle. Place the center of
the protractor on the vertex point. Draw another point at the 0º
mark and another point at the angle degree mark. Draw rays from

Reteaching 9-3
the vertex through the other points.

For Exercises 1 through 3, measure the angles.

1. 2. 3.

45° 125° 15°


For Exercises 4 through 6, draw the angles.

4. 65˚ 5. 90˚ 6. 145°


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 9 135
Name Practice
9-3
Measuring Angles
For Exercises 1 through 4, measure the angle.
1. 55° 2. 115° 3. 90° 4. 15°

For Exercises 5 through 8, draw the angle:


5. 45˚ 6. 145˚ 7. 60° 8. 180˚
Practice 9-3

9. Rich has 3 pieces of pizza. Each pizza end forms a 20° angle.
If all of the pieces were placed together what would the size
of the angle be?
60°
10. Stuart, Sam, Sue, and Sally have equal-sized pieces of pie.
When the 4 pieces are put together they form a 100° angle.
What is the angle of each piece?

A 100° B 50° C 25° D 15°

11. Writing to Explain Gail and her 3 friends all share half a pie.
All the pieces in the pie put together make up 180°. Gail and
her friends finish the pie and they each eat an equal piece.
They believe each piece has an angle equal to 25°. Are their
calculations correct? Explain.
No, 180° divided evenly among
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

4 people creates angles of 45°.

136 Topic 9
Name Reteaching
9-4
Polygons
Polygons are closed plane figures that are made up of line segments. All of the line
segments connect. All of the sides of a polygon are straight, not curved.

Polygon Not a polygon Not a polygon


Closed figure Not a closed Not all of the
made of figure. sides are line
line segments. segments.

Here are some common polygons. Note that the sides of polygons do not all have
to be the same length.

Reteaching 9-4
Octagon Hexagon Pentagon Quadrilateral Triangle
8 sides 6 sides 5 sides 4 sides 3 sides

Draw an example of each type of polygon. Sample answers:


How many sides and vertices does each
one have?
1. Hexagon
6, 6
2. Quadrilateral
4, 4
3. Pentagon
5, 5
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

4. Octagon
8, 8
Topic 9 137
Name Practice
9-4
Polygons
Draw an example of each polygon. How many sides and vertices does each one
have?
1. Quadrilateral 2. Octagon 3. Hexagon

4; 4 8; 8 6; 6
The map shows the shapes
B
of buildings in Polygon Park. C
A
Identify the polygons that
are lettered.
Practice 9-4

D
4. A
F
Octagon E

5. D

Pentagon
6. C 7. B
10-sided polygon 12-sided polygon
8. E 9. F
Quadrilateral Octagon
10. Which is the point where sides meet in a polygon?
A edge B endpoint C side D vertex
Sample
11. Writing to Explain Describe two polygons by the number of
answer:
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

vertices and sides each has.


A square has 4 sides and 4 vertices.
A pentagon has 5 of each.
138 Topic 9
Name Reteaching
9-5
Triangles

Equilateral triangle Isosceles triangle Scalene triangle


All sides are the At least two sides No sides are the
same length. are the same length. same length.

Right triangle Acute triangle Obtuse triangle


One angle is a All three angles One angle is an
right angle. are acute angles. obtuse angle.

Reteaching 9-5
Classify each triangle by its sides and then by its angles.
1. 2.

Scalene; right Equilateral; acute


3. 4.

Isosceles; acute Scalene; obtuse


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 9 139
Name Practice
9-5
Triangles
Classify each triangle by its sides and then by its angles.

1.

Scalene right triangle


2.

Isosceles obtuse triangle


3.

Equilateral acute triangle


Practice 9-5

Write the name of each triangle.

4. 5.

Scalene acute triangle Isosceles acute triangle


6. Which is a triangle with one right angle?
A Equilateral triangle B Obtuse triangle C Right triangle D Acute triangle

7. Writing to Explain Why can’t a triangle have more than one


obtuse angle?
Sample answer: The three lines of a
triangle will not meet if there are
2 obtuse angles.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

140 Topic 9
Name Reteaching
9-6
Quadrilaterals

Square Rectangle Parallelogram


There are four There are four Opposite sides
right angles. All right angles. are parallel.
sides are the
same length.

Reteaching 9-6
Rhombus Trapezoid Quadrilateral
Opposite There is only A polygon with
sides are one pair of 4 sides.
parallel and all parallel sides.
sides are the
same length.

Write the name of each quadrilateral.

1. 2.

Parallelogram Rectangle
3. 4.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Rhombus Trapezoid
Topic 9 141
Name Practice
9-6
Quadrilaterals
Write all the names you can use for each quadrilateral.

1.
Square, parallelogram,
rhombus, rectangle
2.

Rectangle, parallelogram
3.

Parallelogram
Practice 9-6

4. 5.

Trapezoid Rhombus, parallelogram


6. Which is NOT a quadrilateral?
A rhombus B rectangle C right triangle D trapezoid

7. Writing to Explain Explain why a square can never be


a trapezoid.

Sample answer: A square cannot


be a trapezoid because it has two
pairs of parallel sides.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

142 Topic 9
Name Reteaching
9-7
Problem Solving:
Make and Test Generalizations
When you make a generalization, you make a broad statement about something
that a group has in common. A generalization helps you find patterns. When you
make a generalization, it is important to test it to be sure it is correct.

Example: 1  24  24 1  93  93 In some cases, it is possible to find more than one


1  126  126 correct generalization:

Generalization: A number multiplied by 1 Example: Jessica found a red pencil, 3 red


is itself. pens, and 2 red markers in her backpack.

Test: If I multiply a different number by 1, it is Generalization #1: The things Jessica found
also equal to itself. For example, 1  2  2; 1  3 are all writing instruments.
 3; 1  4  4, etc.; any number multiplied by 1
is itself. My generalization is correct. Generalization #2: The things Jessica found

Reteaching 9-7
are all red.

Test: I can write with a pencil, a pen, and a


marker. Also, the pencil, the pens, and the markers
are all red. My generalizations are correct.

1. Randy has 2 tennis balls, 6 marbles, and 1 orange in his desk


drawer. What generalization can you make about these things?

They are all round.


2. This week, Sandy was out sick on Monday and Tuesday. Last
week, Jared was out sick on Thursday and Friday. The week
before, Elisa was out sick on Wednesday and Thursday. What
generalization can you make about these three students’
absences? Can you make a second generalization?

They were each out sick for 2 days; Yes, they


were all absent because they were sick.
3. Write down the multiples of 15, 20, and 25. What
generalization can you make about all multiples of 5?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Sample answer: All


multiples end in 5 or 0.
Topic 9 143
Name Practice
9-7
Problem Solving:
Make and Test Generalizations
For Exercises 1 through 3, use the images to make a generalization and test your
answer.
1.

All shapes are quadrilaterals because


they all have 4 sides.
2.
Practice 9-7

All shapes have at least 2 acute angles.


3.

All shapes are rectangles because


they have 4 sides and 4 right angles.
4. Which statement below is a good generalization about
all polygons?

A All polygons have right angles.


B All polygons are closed figures.
C All polygons have parallel sides.
D All polygons are quadrilaterals.

5. Writing to Explain Try to draw a triangle with 2 right or


obtuse angles. What generalizations can you make about the
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

angles of a triangle? Explain.


Sample answer: A triangle will never
have more than 1 right or obtuse angle.
144 Topic 9
Name Reteaching
10-1
Regions and Sets
The top number, the numerator, tells the number of equal parts
described. The bottom number, the denominator, tells how
many equal parts there are in all.

 1XPHUDWRUSDUWVDUHVKDGHG  1XPHUDWRUSDUWVDUHVKDGHG

 'HQRPLQDWRU7KHUHDUH  'HQRPLQDWRU7KHUHDUH
SDUWVWRWDO
SDUWVWRWDO

 RIWKHVHWLVVKDGHG
RIWKHFLUFOHLVVKDGHG 


Write a fraction for the part of the region that is shaded.


1. 2.

2
4 1
4

Reteaching 10-1
1
3.
3 4.
5
5

Shade in the models to show each fraction. Sample answers:


5. 5 6. 7
15 9

7. Reasoning Tara says that 21 of a salad is always the same


amount. Lynn says that it could be different amounts,
depending on how large the salad is. Who is correct? Why?
Lynn, because a fraction describes a
part of a whole. The size of the part
depends on the size of the whole.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 10 145
Name Practice
10-1
Regions and Sets
Write a fraction for the part of the region below that is shaded.
1. 2.

3 4
4 8

Shade in the models to show each fraction.


2 4. __
7
3. 4 Sample 10

models
are given.
5. What fraction of the pizza is cheese?
Practice 10-1

3
__ cheese
green
8 peppers
6. What fraction of the pizza is mushroom? mushrooms
2
__
8
7. A set has 12 squares. Three squares are red and 9 squares
are blue. Write a fraction for the part of the set that is red.
A __
9
12
B __
3
12
C _39 D __
12
12

8. Writing to Explain Explain the difference between a


numerator and a denominator.
The numerator tells how many parts are
described. The denominator tells how
many equal parts in all.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

146 Topic 10
Name Reteaching
10-2
Fractions and Division
To show how you can share items, you can divide to find
a fraction of the total.
Four people shared two submarine
sandwiches equally.
What fraction of the sandwiches did
each person receive?
Divide each sandwich into 4 equal parts.
1.
Each part is 1  4 or __
4
Portion received by each
Each person received one equal slice
from each sandwich for a total of
2 slices.
There are 8 slices altogether, so each
2 of the
person received __

Reteaching 10-2
8
shared sandwiches.

Tell what fraction each person gets when they share equally.
1. Six friends divide 2 apples. 2. Two friends share a bag of pretzels.
Each friend gets Each friend
2 of an apple.
__ 1 of the bag
gets __
6 2
of pretzels.
3. Eight runners run an equal part in a 4. Five rabbits share 4 carrots equally.
5-mile relay.
Each rabbit gets
Each runner runs 4 of a carrot.
__
5 of a mile.
__ 5
8
5. Five people use 2 cans of paint. 6. Two children share 2 small boxes
of cereal.
Each person uses
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

2 of a can of paint.
__ Each child gets
5 2 or 1 box of cereal.
__
2
Topic 10 147
Name Practice
10-2
Fractions and Division
What fraction does each person get when they share equally?
1. Eight friends share 3 bags of toys.
3 of a bag of toys
__
2. Five people share 2 jugs of water.
8 2 of a jug
__
5
Five friends are sharing supplies on a camping trip. Tell what fraction each person
gets when they share equally.
2 of a box of trail mix
__
3. Two boxes of trail mix. 5 3 of a package
__
4. Three packages of water purifying tablets.
5
5. There are 3 bottles of Vermont maple syrup.
If four people are sharing the syrup, how much
3 of
__
of a bottle does each person get? 4
6. Which model represents 6 people sharing 1 five-foot sub?
a bottle
A C
Practice 10-2

B D

7. Writing to Explain Several friends are taking turns flying


a kite. Each friend flies the kite for the same amount of
time. They spend 6 hours flying the kite altogether. Explain
what information you need to find how long each friend
flew the kite.

You need to know how many friends


there are.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

148 Topic 10
Name Reteaching
10-3
Estimating Fractional Amounts
Benchmark fractions are fractions that are commonly used, such as 14 , 13 , 12 , 23 , and
3 . They are useful when you estimate fractional parts. For example:
4

A B

0 1
1 1 1
About of the Point A is at about . About of the
2 4 3
rectangle is shaded. 1 length is shaded.
Point B is at about .
2

Estimate the fractional part of each that is shaded.


1. 2.
1 1
About 2 About 3
3. 4.

Reteaching 10-3
3 2
About 4 About 3
5. 6.

1 1
About 3 About 4
Estimate the fraction that should be written at each point.
Sample
0
L A B M C
1
answers:
1 1 1
7. L 4 8. A 3 9. B 2
2 3
10. M 3 11. C 4
12. Number Sense There is a pan of food.
About 14 of the food has been eaten. 3
About 4
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

About how much food is left?

Topic 10 149
Name Practice
10-3
Estimating Fractional Amounts
Estimate the fractional amount of each that is shaded.
1. 2. 3.

2 2 1
3 3 2

4. Reasonableness Is 16 a reasonable estimate for the


shaded part in the region to the right? Explain.
No; Sample answer: About
1
2 of the region is shaded.
Practice 10-3

A B C D
Estimate the fraction that should be written
at each point. 0 1
1
1 2
4 3
5. A 6. B 3 7. C
3
8. D 4

9. Part of the region to the right is shaded.


Which is the best estimate?
A 3 B 2 C 1 D 0
3 3 3 3

10. Writing to Explain Explain how you estimated the shaded


region in Exercise 9.
Sample answer: The region is divided
into 3 sections. Each section seems
equal and 1 of them is shaded. So,
1
about 3 of the region is shaded.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

150 Topic 10
Name Reteaching
10-4
Equivalent Fractions
If two fractions name the same amount, they are called
equivalent fractions.

Are _12 and _36 equivalent fractions?

Multiply the numerator and denominator by the same number.


3 three three
times times
_1 _3
2  6
as many as many
shaded parts
3 parts in all

Use division to write a fraction that is equivalent to __


6
24
.

Think of a number that is a factor of both 6 and 24. 3 is a factor of


6 and 24. Divide the numerator and the denominator by 3.

Reteaching 10-4
3 2
_2 and _1 are both equivalent to __
6
.
__
6 _2 _1 8 4 24
24  8  4

3 2

Find the missing number. Sample answers given for 5-16.


1  __
1. __ 2 2. 15  __ 3
___ 2  ___ 6
3. __ 9  __ 1
4. ___
4 8 20 4 7 21 27 3
Multiply to find an equivalent fraction.
9
___ 4
__ 25
___ 24
___
3 
5. ___
10
30 1
6. __
2
8 5
7. __
6
30 3
8. __
4
32
Divide to find an equivalent fraction.
2
__ 3
__ 3
__ 5
__
10 
9. ___
15
3 9 
10. ___
24
8 21 
11. ___
28
4 25 
12. ___
35
7
2
__ 1
__ 4
__ 3
__
8 
13. ___
20
5 9 
14. ___
18
2 8 
15. ___
18
9 15 
16. ___
40
8
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 10 151
Name Practice
10-4
Equivalent Fractions
Find the missing number.

1  ___
1. __ 6  __
2. ___ 4  __
3. ___ 4  2 ___
4. 2___
2 12 10 5 16 4 20 40

6 3 1 8
Multiply or divide to find an equivalent fraction.
11
5. ___ 6
6. ___ 9
7. ___ 5
8. ___ 7
9. ___
22 1
__ 36 1
__ 10 18
___ 35 1
__ 12 14
___
2 6 20 7 24
10. Is __
2
equivalent to _37? No Sample answers
14
given for 5-9.
11. In Mark’s collection of antique bottles, _49 of the bottles are dark green.
Write three equivalent fractions for _49.
8 , ___
Sample answers: ___ 16
12 , ___
Practice 10-4

18 27 36

12. Write a pair of equivalent fractions for the picture above.


2 and ___
Possible answers are __ 3 and ___
4 , or __ 6.
5 10 5 10
13. At the air show, _13 of the airplanes were gliders. Which fraction is not an
equivalent fraction for _13?
5
A ___ 7
B ___ 6
C ___ 9
D ___
15 21 24 27

14. Writing to Explain In Missy’s sports-cards collection, _57 of the cards are
baseball. In Frank’s collection, __
12
36
are baseball. Frank says they have the
same fraction of baseball cards. Is he correct?
5 12 are not equivalent fractions.
No. __
7
and ___
36
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

152 Topic 10
Name Reteaching
10-5
Fractions in Simplest Form
Use division to write a fraction that is equivalent to __
6
24
.
Think of a number that is a factor of both 6 and 24. 3 is a factor of 6 and 24. Divide
the numerator and the denominator by 3. If you continue to divide until 1 is the
only factor of both the numerator and denominator, you will find the fraction in
simplest form.

3 2 _2 and _1 are both equivalent to __


6
.
8 4 24
6 2 1
24
= 8
=
4 Only _14 is in simplest form.
3 2

Find the missing number.


2  __
1. __
8 4 1 15  __
2. ___
20 4 3 7  __
3. ___
21 3 1 9  __
4. ___
27 3 1

Reteaching 10-5
Write each fraction in simplest form.
6
5. ___ 3
__ 4
6. ___ 2
__ 25
7. ___ 5
__ 24
8. ___ 3
__
10 10 30 32
5 5 6 4
10
9. ___ 2
__ 9
10. ___ 3
__ 21
11. ___ 3
__ 25
12. ___ 5
__
15 24 28 35
3 8 4 7
8
13. ___ 2
__ 9
14. ___ 1
__ 8
15. ___ 4
__ 15
16. ___ 3
__
20 18 18 40
5 2 9 8
2
17. ___ 1
__ 6
18. ___ 1
__ 32
19. ___ 16
___ 12
20. ___ 6
___
18 24 34 26
9 4 17 13
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 10 153
Name Practice
10-5
Fractions in Simplest Form
For 1 through 18, write each fraction in simplest form. If it is in simplest form, write
“simplest form.”
13
1. ___ 2. __78 1
3. ___
14 23
simplest form simplest form simplest form
15
4. ___ 3
__ 1
2 __
5. ___ 6. ___ 1
6 __
20 4 18 30 5
9
5
7. ___ 8. ___ 1
13 __ 3
9 __
9. ___
18 26 2 12
simplest form 4
7
10. ___ 1
__ 7
11. ___ 12. ___ 4
40 __
21 3 10 50 5
simplest form
18
13. ___ 1
__ 14. ___
5
25 __ 6
12 __
15. ___
36 2 35 7 14 7
16. __89 3
60 __
17. ___ 1
18. __28 __
80 4 4
simplest form
Practice 10-5

19. Sheldon has scored __6


18
of the points in a basketball game.
How can you use division to simplify the fraction of the points
he scored? What is __
6
in simplest form?
6 in
Divide both numbers by 6; ___
18

18
1
__
simplest form is .
3

40 ?
20. What is the simplest form of the fraction ___
80
1
A__ 4
B __ 2
C __ 1
D __
4 8 4 2
21. Writing to Explain If the numerator of a fraction is a prime
number, can the fraction be simplified? Why or why not?
Yes. The fraction can be simplified if the
numerator is a factor of the denominator.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

154 Topic 10
Name Reteaching
10-6
Improper Fractions and
Mixed Numbers
You can use fraction strips to You can also use fraction strips
write a mixed number as an to write an improper fraction as a
improper fraction. mixed number.
3_12 of the model below is shaded. _8 of the model below is shaded.
3
1 1 1 1 1
2 2 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1
2 2 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1
2 2 3 3 3
1 1
2 2

Into how many parts is each strip How many strips are completely
divided? 2. This is your denominator. shaded? 2. This is your whole number.
Count the shaded halves. There are 7. What fraction of the third strip is

Reteaching 10-6
This is your numerator. shaded? _23 . This is your fraction.
3_12 is the same as the improper _8 is the same as the mixed number 2_2 .
3 3
fraction _72.

Write each mixed number as an improper fraction.


21 11 32
7 5 4

6
1. 2 13 3 2. 4 15 3. 2 34 4. 5 26
Write each improper fraction as a mixed number or a whole number.
1 3 2
1 12 5 2 1
1 15
5. 1

12
3
6. 5

10
0
7. 23

10
0 8. 17

15

9. Writing to Explain Is 45 5
equal to a whole number or a mixed number?
Explain how you know.
Sample answer: Whole number,
because if you divide the numerator
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

by the denominator, the quotient is


9 and there is no remainder.
Topic 10 155
Name Practice
10-6
Improper Fractions and
Mixed Numbers
Write each mixed number as an improper fraction.
17 25 25 25
5 4
1. 3 25 2.6 14 3.2 112 12 4. 2 79 9
Write each improper fraction as a mixed number or
whole number.
2 2 2
5. 1

5
2 2 5 6. 2

9
7 3 7. 32

3
10 3 8. 20

12
1 3
9. Number Sense Matt had to write 3 284 as an improper fraction.
Write how you would tell Matt the easiest way to do so.

Sample answer: The easiest way is to


first write __
8
24
in simplest form as _1 .
3
Practice 10-6

That makes the multiplication easier.


(3  3)  1  10, so 3_13  __
10
3
.
10. Jill has __
1_38 oz
11
8 ounces of trail mix. Write the weight
of Jill’s trail mix as a mixed number.
11. Nick had 1 43 gal of milk. Write the amount of _7 gal
milk Nick has as an improper fraction. 4
12. Which is NOT an improper fraction equal to 8?
24
4
9 5
6 64

A 3 B 7 C 7 D 8

13. Writing to Explain Write three different improper fractions that


equal 4 32 . (Hint: find equivalent fractions.)
Sample answer: __
14 __
3
, 28 __
6
, 42
9
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

156 Topic 10
Name Reteaching
10-7
Comparing Fractions
Leanne wanted to compare 46 and 34 . She used fraction strips
to help.

1 1 4
6 6 6
1 3
4 4

She compared the amounts that were shaded in each picture. Because the
amount shaded in 34 is more than the amount shaded in 46 , she knew that 34 is
greater than 46 .
So, 34  46 .

Write  or  for each . Use fraction strips or benchmark


fractions to help.

Reteaching 10-7
1. 5
6 > 2
3 2. 1
5 < 2
8 3. 9
10 > 68 4. 3
4 > 14
5. 8
9 > 5
10 6. 2
5 > 2
6 7. 6
9 < 79 8. 2 < 3
10 5

The same number of students attended school all week.


Fraction of students
Day buying lunch
Monday 1
2
Tuesday 2
5
Wednesday 3
4
Thursday 5
8
Friday 4
6

9. Did more students buy lunch on Tuesday


or on Wednesday? Wednesday
10. Did more students buy lunch on Thursday
Friday
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

or on Friday?

Topic 10 157
Name Practice
10-7
Comparing Fractions
Write > or < for each . You may use fraction strips to help.

1
1. 2 > 13 3 2. 8
9 > 59 3. 3
8 < 11

22

4. 3
3 > 78 5. 3
5 > 3
1 6. 1
4 < 2
4

5
7. 6 > 58 8. 7
12 < 5
4 9. 3
7 < 6
7

10. Number Sense Explain how you know that 2310 is greater than 23 .
21
Sample answer: I know because 3 0 is
2
0 2
0
greater than 30 , and 30 is an equivalent
2
fraction to 3 .
11. Tina completed 23 of her homework before dinner.
Practice 10-7

George completed 47 of his homework before dinner.


Who completed a greater fraction of homework?
Tina
12. Jackson played a video game for 16 hour. Hailey played
a video game for 13 hour. Who played the video game
for a greater amount of time?
Hailey
13. Which fraction is greater than 34 ?
A 5 B 1
7
C 15
D 7
9 24 20 9

14. Writing to Explain James says that 55 is greater than 9 9


1 00 .
Is he correct? Explain.
Sample answer: James is correct,
99 5
because
100 is less than 1, and
5 is
equal to 1.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

158 Topic 10
Name Reteaching
10-8
Ordering Fractions
How can you order fractions?
Order _23 , _16, __
7
12
from least to greatest.
_1 _1 _1
3 3 3
_1 _1 _1 _1 _1 _1
6 6 6 6 6 6
__
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

Find equivalent fractions with a common denominator.


__
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
__
1 __
1
12 12
__
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1
12 12 12 12 12 12 12

Compare the numerators.

Reteaching 10-8
Order the fractions from least to greatest.
__
2
12
 __
7
12
 __
8
12
.

Order the fractions from least to greatest.


7 __
1. __, 9 , _4
__
9 __
, 7 , _4 2. _38, _13, __
5
__
5 _
, 1 _
, 3
10 20 5 20 10 5 24 24 3 8
__
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 _1 _1 _1
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 8
__
1 __
1 __
1 __1 __
1 __1 __
1 __1 __
1 _1
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 3
_1 _1 _1 _1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1
5 5 5 5 24 24 24 24 24

Find equivalent fractions with a common denominator and order from least
to greatest.
__
4 __
, 8 , __
9 __
16 __
, 18, __
21
3. _12 , _49, __
4
18 18 18 18 4. _34, _23, _78 24 24 24
__
4
, __
9
, __
24 __
3
, __
5
, __
8
3 __
5. __, 4 , _4
10 30 5 30 30 30 6. _12, __
3 _
,4
10 5 10 10 10
__
3
, __
14
, __
35 __
7
, __
9
, __
12
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

3 _
7. __, 5 , __
42 6 21
7
42 42 42 8. __
9 _
, 1 , _6
14 2 7 14 14 14
Sample answers given.

Topic 10 159
Name Practice
10-8
Ordering Fractions
Order the fractions from least to greatest.
1. _19 , _78 , _56 2. _12, __
7 __
, 4
12 10

1 1
_1 _1
9 2
_1 _1 _1 _1 _1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1
6 6 6 6 6 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
_1 _1 _1 _1 _1 _1 _1 __
1 __
1 __
1 __
1
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10

_1 , _5 , _7 __
4 _
, 1 __
, 7
9 6 8 10 2 12
3. _39 , _14 , __
5
12
4. __
4 _
, 2 , _1
15 5 3

1 1
_1 1 __
__ 1 __
1 __
1
4 15 15 15 15
_1 _1 _1
_1 , _3 , __
5 _1 _1
__
4 _
__1
12
9
__
1
12
9
__
1
12
9
__
1
12
__
1
12 4 9 12
5
_1
3
5
, 1, _2
15 3 5

Find equivalent fractions with a common denominator and order from least to
Practice 10-8

greatest. Sample answers given.


__
5 __
, 6 , __
8 __
16 __
, 18, __
36
5. _23 , _12 , __
5
12 12 12 12 6. _38, _13, _34 48 48 48
__
7 __
, 27 __
, 42 __8 , __
14
, __
21
7. _37 , _19 , _23 63 63 63 8. __
7 _
, 2 , _7
12 6 8 24 24 24
__
3 __
, 14, __
35 __
5
, __
6
, __
9
3 _
9. __, 5 , __
42 6 21
7
42 42 42 10. __
9 _
, 1 , _2
15 3 5 15 15 15
11. Which fraction is greater than _23?
A __
1
12
B __
11
36
C __
5
16
D _57

12. Writing to Explain Explain how you know that __


15
30
is greater
_
1 _
2
than 3 but less than 3?
Sample answer: _13 is an equivalent
fraction to __ 10
30
and _2 is an equivalent
3
fraction to __ 20
30
. Because __
15
30
is greater
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

than __
10
30
and less than __
20
30
, it falls between
_1 and _2 .
3 3
160 Topic 10
Name Reteaching
10-9
Problem Solving:
Writing to Explain
Gina and her brother Don made homemade pasta with their mother. Gina made
1 of a pan of pasta. Don made 3 of a pan. Which person made more pasta?
4 8

Writing to Explain Example


• Write your explanation in steps to • Because _41 and _38 have different denominators, I
make it clear. multiplied the numerator and denominator
• Tell what the numbers mean in your of _41 by 2 to get _28 .
explanation.
• Then I could compare the numerators of _28
• Tell why you took certain steps.
and _38 . Because _38 is greater than _28 I knew
that Don made more pasta.

Reteaching 10-9
1. Humans usually have 20 baby teeth, which are replaced by
32 adult teeth. Raul said he has lost 26
0 of his baby teeth.
Write two fractions equivalent to this number. Explain how
you came up with the fractions.
Sample answer: For the first fraction,
I divided both the numerator and
denominator by 2 to get the fraction
3

10 . Then I multiplied both the numerator
6

and denominator of 20 by 2 to get the
1 2

fraction 40 .
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 10 161
Name Practice
10-9
Problem Solving:
Writing to Explain Sample
1. Mary has 23 marbles. 27 13

3 of the marbles are yellow and 23
answers
of the marbles are blue. The rest of the marbles are green. are given.
How many marbles are green? Explain how you know.
7
There are 3 green marbles. 2
3 means
13
there are 7 yellow marbles and 2 3 means
there are 13 blue marbles, for a total of
20 marbles. So, there are only 3 marbles
left that must all be green.
2. Adam wants to compare the fractions 25 , 16 , and 13 .
Practice 10-9

He wants to order them from least to greatest and


rewrite them so they all have the same denominator.
Explain how Adam can rewrite the fractions.
Adam can rewrite them so that they all
2
have a denominator of 30. 5 becomes
1 2 1 5 1 10

,
30 6 becomes 30 , and 3 becomes 3 0.
1 1 2

Then he can order them 6 , 3 , 5 .
3. Adam used the three fractions to make a circle graph and
colored each a different color. What fraction of the graph is
not colored? Explain your answer.
Adam could divide his circle into 30 parts.
3
There would be 3 parts not colored. 3 0 , or
1
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4


10 , would not be colored.

162 Topic 10
Name Reteaching
11-1
Adding and Subtracting
Fractions with Like Denominators
Example 1 Example 2

_1 The denominators are __


9
9 18
 _
2 the same, so you can __
6
9 add the numerators. 18

_3  _1 Rewrite _3 as _1
9 3 9 3
_3  _16
18

Write _
3
18
in simplest form.
3
3 1
18 6
3

Add or subtract fractions and write answers in simplest form.

Reteaching 11-1
1. _14  _14 2. _23  _13 3. __
2
 __
5
4. __
3
 __
1
5. __
4
 __
5

_1 _1 14 14
_1 11 11
__
2 22 22
__
9
2 3 2 11 22

6. _5 7. __
3
8. __
9
9. __
3
10. __
11
6 10 16 12 25
 _2
6
 __
3
10
 __
3
16
 __
6
12
 __
6
25

_1 _3 _3 _3 _1
2 5 8 4 5
11. At lunch, Alice ate _38 of her sandwich. Later, for a snack, she ate another _38 of
the sandwich. How much of the sandwich did Alice eat?
_3 of the sandwich
4
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 11 163
Name Practice
11-1
Adding and Subtracting
Fractions with Like Denominators
For 1 through 15, add or subtract the fractions and write the answer in simplest
form. You may use fraction strips to help.
1. _18  _38  _  __ 3. _13  _13  _
1 9 2
2. __
8
10
 __
1
10
2 10 3
4. _3 5. _1 6. _3
8 9 6
 _3
8
 _4
9
 _26
_3 _5 _5
4 __
7 9 _1 6 _1
7. __
9
 __
2
 8. _48  _28  9. __
6
 __
1

12 12
12 4 10 10
2
10. _5 11. __
7
12. __
8
8 10 10
 _2
8
 __
1
10
 __
4
10
_3 _3 _2
8 5 5
13. _1 14. _1 15. _1
6 7 4
 _2  _1  _1
Practice 11-1

6 7 4
_1 _2 _1
2 7 2
16. Jacob is making a stew. The stew calls for _38 cup of rice. If he
doubles the recipe, how much rice will he need? Write your
answer in simplest form.
_3 cup
4

17. Which of the following fractions is not an equivalent fraction


to _13 ?

A _39 B _26 C _36 D __


4
12

18. Writing to Explain Gerry folded _38 of the pile of shirts. Molly
folded _18 of the pile of shirts. Together, did they fold more than
half the shirts? Explain your answer.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

No. They folded exactly one half of the


shirts. _38  _18  _48 , which simplified is _12.

164 Topic 11
Name Reteaching
11-2
Adding Fractions with Unlike
Denominators
When you add fractions with unlike denominators, you need
to change the fractions to equivalent fractions so they have a
common denominator.
Example 1 Hassan used _14 of a bag of black potting soil and _23 of
a bag of soil with clay in his container garden. How much soil did
he use altogether? Find _14  _23.
Step 1 Rewrite the fractions using a Step 2 Add the new fractions.
common denominator. Think: What Write the sum in simplest form.
number has 4 and 3 as factors? 12 _1  __
3 __
11
4 12 12
is already in
3 4 simplest form.
1 3 2 8
+ _23  __
8
12
4 12 3 12 __
11
12
3 4

Hassan used __
11
12
of a bag of soil altogether.

Reteaching 11-2
Example 2 When one denominator is a factor of the other denominator, you have
to rewrite only one of the fractions.
Find _23  _29.
Step 1 3 is a factor of 9, so rewrite Step 2 Add the new fractions.
_2 with a denominator of 9.
3 _2  _6 _8 is already in
3 9 9
3 simplest form.
+ _29  _29
2 6
3 9 _8
9
3

Write the answers in simplest form.


1. _35  __
1
10
2. _12  _18 3. _16  _23 4. __
7
12
 _13 5. _13  _29
__
7 _5 _5 __
11 _5
10
__________ 8
__________ 6
__________ 12
__________ 9
__________
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

6. _38  _14 7. _14  _16 8. _25  _12 9. _13  _25 10. _12  __
3
10

_5 __
5 __
9 __
11 _4
8
__________ 12
___________ 10
___________ 15
___________ 5
___________

Topic 11 165
Name Practice
11-2
Adding Fractions with Unlike
Denominators
Write the answers in simplest form.
_1 __
3
1. _16  _13  2 2. _15  __
1
10
 10
_3 _5
3. _14  _12  4 4. _23  _16  6

__
13 __
5
5. _14  _25  20 6. _14  _16  12

__
17 _7
7. _25  _16  30 8. _14  _58  8
9. __
5
12
 _14 10. _15  __
3
10
11. _25  _12 12. __
1
12
 _23
_2 _1 __
9 _3
3 2 10 4
_3 of a cup
Practice 11-2

13. A recipe calls for _14 cup of whole wheat flour and _12 cup
of white flour. How many cups of flour are needed in all? 4

14. Reasoning To trim a costume, you need _12 yard


of lace at the neck and _16 yard for both wrists. How much _4 or _2 yard
lace is needed? 6 3
__
13
15. Algebra If n  __
9
, then n  _27  14
14

16. For the addition _16  _23, which sum is NOT correct?

A __
9
12
B _5
6
C __
15
18
D __
20
24

17. Writing to Explain What common denominator would you


use to add _13, _14, and __
1
12
? Explain.

12; it is the common denominator for all 3.


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

166 Topic 11
Name Reteaching
11-3
Subtracting Fractions with
Unlike Denominators

When you subtract fractions with unlike denominators, you need to change them
to equivalent fractions that have a common denominator.
Sylvie wanted to pick _34 of the flowers in her garden. Because it started to rain,
she was able to pick only _13 of the flowers. What fraction of the flowers are left for
Sylvie to pick?
Find _34  _13.
Step 1 Rewrite the fractions using Step 2 Subtract the new fractions.
a common denominator. Think: Write the difference in simplest form.
What number has 4 and 3 as _3  __
9
factors? 12 4 12
__
5
is already in
3 4  _13  __
4 12
12 simplest form.
_3 __
9 _1 __
4 __
5
4  12 3  12 12
3 4

Reteaching 11-3
Sylvie has __
5
12
of the flowers left to pick.

Write the answers in simplest form.


1. _13  _29 2. _35  __
1
3. _12  _18 4. _23  _16 5. __
7
 _13
_1 10
_1 _3 _1 12
_1
9 2 8 2 4

6. _4 7. __
7
8. _3 9. _5 10. _1
5 15 4 8 2
 __
2
 _25  __
3
 _1  _15
10
_3 __
1 16
__
9 2
_1 __
3
5 15 16 8 10

11. At the dance, Lyndi and Josh danced _34 hour


without stopping. This is _38 hour more than Kecia _3 of an hour
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

and Les danced. How long did Kecia and Les dance? 8

Topic 11 167
Name Practice
11-3
Subtracting Fractions with
Unlike Denominators
Write the answers in simplest form.

1. _12  _18 2. _78  _12 3. __


11
 _25 4. _89  _13
_3 _3 15
_1 _5
8 8 3 9
5. _56  _14 6. _34  _25 7. __
9
 _18 8. __
9
 _34
__
7 __
7 16
__
7 10
__
3
12 20 16 20
9. _5 10. __
5
11. _3 12. _7
8 12 4 8
 __
3
16 __
7  _16 _1  _1
6 __
7  _16 __
17
16 4 12 24

13. There was _78 of a pizza left at 1:00. Then Lou ate _14 of the
original pizza. How much was left then?
5 6 7 3
A __ B __ C __ D __
Practice 11-3

8 8 8 4

14. Writing to Explain In what way is subtracting fractions


with unlike denominators like adding fractions with
unlike denominators?
You have to rewrite the fractions
using a common denominator.

© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

168 Topic 11
Name Reteaching
11-4
Problem Solving:
Draw a Picture and
Write an Equation
Understand Pippa filled _18 of a jar with blue stones, _14 of the jar with yellow
stones, and _12 of the jar with purple stones. How much of the jar is
filled altogether?
What do I know? Pippa filled _18, _14 , and _12 of the jar.
What am I asked to find? How much of the jar is filled with
stones altogether.
Plan Find the common denominator between _18 , _14, and _12 so you can
add the fractions. _1  _1
8 8

8 is divisible by 2, 4, and 8, so _1  _2
4 8
8 is the common denominator. _1  _4
2 8

Solve Now add the fractions and simplify if you need to.
_1
8

Reteaching 11-4
_2 Pippa filled the jar _78 full of stones.
8

 _4
8
_7
8

Look Back I found the common denominator, changed the fractions to


equivalent fractions, and added the numerators to find the answer.

Solve. Remember to simplify your answer.


1. Joel walked _25 of a mile to the store, __
3
10
of a mile to the library,
__
1
and 20 of a mile to the post office. How far did he walk?
_3 mile
4

2. Number Sense Glenda wrote _17 of her paper on Monday, __1


14
of her paper on
__
2
Tuesday, and 28 of her paper on Wednesday. She said she wrote more than
half of her paper. Is she correct? Why or why not?
No. She has only written _27 of her
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

paper, which is less than half.

Topic 11 169
Name Practice
11-4
Problem Solving:
Draw a Picture and
Write an Equation
1. Jamie bought _58 pound of wheat flour. He also bought _14 pound of white flour.
How much flour did he buy?
_7 pound
8

2. Katie is _35 of the way to Brianna’s house. Larry is __


7
10
of the way to Brianna’s
house. How much closer to Brianna’s house is Larry?
__
1
of the way
10

3. Nina practiced the trumpet for _59 hour. Santiago practiced the trumpet for _23
hour. How much longer did Santiago practice than Nina?
_1 hour more
9
Practice 11-4

4. Ned caught _13 pound of fish. Sarah caught __


5
12
pound of fish. Jessa caught _16
pound of fish. Which bar diagram shows how to find how many pounds of
fish they caught altogether?
A ? pounds in all C ? pounds in all
2 2 1 3 5 6
6 6 6 12 12 12

B ? pounds in all D ? pounds in all


1 5 1 1 5 1
3 12 6 12 12 12

5. Writing to Explain John added the numerators of several fractions with


unlike denominators. What should John have done first?
Find equivalent fractions with like
denominators.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

170 Topic 11
Name Reteaching
12-1
Decimal Place Value
A grid can be used to show tenths and 0.3
hundredths. To show 0.3, you would shade 3 3 out of 10
out of the 10 parts. parts are
shaded.
To show 0.30, you would shade 30 out of
the 100 parts. 0.30
One part of the hundredths grid can be 30 out of 100
parts are
compared to a penny, since one part of the shaded.
grid is equal to 0.01 and a penny is equal to
one hundredth of a dollar.
Tenths and hundredths are related. In the above examples,
3 tenths or 30 hundredths of the grids are shaded, or 0.3 and
0.30. These numbers are equal: 0.3  0.30.

Write the word form and decimal for each shaded part.
1. 2.

Reteaching 12-1
One tenth; 0.1 Five tenths; 0.5
Shade each grid to show the decimal.
3. 0.57 4. 0.4

5. Number Sense Which is greater, 0.04 or 0.4? Explain.


Sample answer: 0.4 is greater
because 0.4 is four tenths, or four
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

dimes, and 0.04 is four hundredths, or


four pennies.
Topic 12 171
Name Practice
12-1
Decimal Place Value
Write the word form and decimal for each shaded part.

1.

Four tenths; 0.4


2.

Thirty-four hundredths; 0.34


For each fact, shade a grid to show the part of the population of each country that
lives in cities.
3. In Jamaica, 0.5 4. Only 0.11 of the 5. In Norway, 0.72 of
of the people live population of the people live
in cities. Uganda live in cities. in cities.
Practice 12-1

6. Which grid shows fourteen hundredths?


A B C D

7. Writing to Explain Explain why one column in a hundredths


grid is equal to one column in a tenths grid.

Sample answer: One column in a


hundredths grid is equal to 0.10,
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

which is also equal to 0.1.

172 Topic 12
Name Reteaching
12-2
Comparing and Ordering
Decimals
Compare 0.87 to 0.89.
First, begin at the left. Find the first place where the numbers are
different.
0.87
0.89
The numbers are the same in the tenths place, so look to the next
place.
The first place where the numbers are different is the hundredths place.
Compare 7 hundredths to 9 hundredths.
0.07  0.09, so 0.87  0.89

Compare. Write , , or  for each .

1. 0.36 < 0.76 2. 5.1 > 5.01 3. 1.2  1.20

Reteaching 12-2
4. 6.55 < 6.6 5. 0.62 < 0.82 6. 4.71 > 4.17

Order the numbers from least to greatest.


7. 1.36, 1.3, 1.63 8. 0.42, 3.74, 3.47

1.3, 1.36, 1.63 0.42, 3.47, 3.74


9. 6.46, 6.41, 4.6 10. 0.3, 0.13, 0.19, 0.31

4.6, 6.41, 6.46 0.13, 0.19, 0.3, 0.31


11. Number Sense Which is greater, 8.0 or 0.8? Explain.
Sample answer: 8.0 is greater because
the 8 is in the ones place instead of the
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

tenths place. Ones are a larger value


than tenths.
Topic 12 173
Name Practice
12-2
Comparing and Ordering
Decimals
Compare. Write , , or  for each .

1. 0.31 < 0.41 2. 1.9 > 0.95 3. 0.09 < 0.1

4. 2.70  2.7 5. 0.81 > 0.79 6. 2.12 < 2.21

Order the numbers from least to greatest.


7. 0.37, 0.41, 0.31 8. 1.16, 1.61, 6.11

0.31, 0.37, 0.41 1.16, 1.61, 6.11


9. 7.9, 7.91, 7.09, 7.19 10. 1.45, 1.76, 1.47, 1.67

7.09, 7.19, 7.9, 7.91 1.45, 1.47, 1.67, 1.76


Margaret has three cats. Sophie weighs 4.27 lb, Tigger weighs 6.25 lb, and Ghost
weighs 4.7 lb.

Tigger
Practice 12-2

11. Which cat has the greatest weight?

12. Which cat weighs the least?


Sophie
13. Which group of numbers is ordered from least to greatest?
A 0.12, 1.51, 0.65
B 5.71, 5.4, 0.54
C 0.4, 0.09, 0.41
D 0.05, 0.51, 1.5

14. Writing to Explain Darrin put the numbers 7.25, 7.52, 5.72,
and 5.27 in order from greatest to least. Is his work correct?
Explain.
Sample answer: No; 7.52 is greater than
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

7.25, so they should be in reverse order.

174 Topic 12
Name Reteaching
12-3
Fractions and Decimals
Any fraction that has a denominator of 10 or 100 can be written
as a decimal. Tenths and hundredths are written as digits to the
right of the decimal point.
The shaded part is __
2
10
of the whole area.
Write it as a decimal: 0.2
Say: two tenths.

The shaded part is ___


13
100
of the whole area.
Write it as a decimal: 0.13
Say: thirteen hundredths

Write a fraction and a decimal to tell how much is shaded.


1. 2. 3. How are the two shaded grids alike?
How are they different?
They show equal

Reteaching 12-3
__
8 ___
80 areas. One shows
10
; 0.8 100
; 0.80 tenths and the
other shows
hundredths.
Write each fraction as a decimal.
3
4. ___ 9
5. ___ 9
6. ____ 27
7. ____
10 10 100 100
0.3 0.9 0.09 0.27
Write each decimal as a fraction in its simplest form.
8. 0.40 9. 0.76 10. 4.8 11. 0.07
_2 __
19
4_45 ___
7
5 25 100
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 12 175
Name Practice
12-3
Fractions and Decimals
Write a fraction and a decimal to show how much is shaded.
1. 2. 3.

___
22
, 0.22 __
7
, 0.7 ___
3
, 0.03
100 10 100
Draw a model that shows each decimal.
4. 0.16 5. 1.7 6. 0.78

Write each fraction as a decimal.


1
7. ____ 8. 4
9___ 6
9. ___ 17
10. ____
100 10 10 100
0.01 9.4 0.6 0.17
Practice 12-3

Write each decimal as a fraction in its simplest form.


11. 0.5 12. 0.70 13. 0.3 14. 3.60
_1 __
7 __
3
3_35
2 10 10
15. In the decimal models, how many strips equal 10 small squares?

A 70 strips B 10 strips C 7 strips D 1 strip

16. Writing to Explain Explain the steps you would take to write __
36
10
as
a decimal.
First, make it a mixed number, 3__
6
10
. The
3 becomes the whole number and the
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

fraction becomes 0.6.

176 Topic 12
Name Reteaching
12-4
Fractions and Decimals
on the Number Line
How do you locate fractions and decimals on a number line?
Show 18__ on a number line.
8 equal parts
Draw a number line and label 0 and 1.
Divide the distance from 0 to 1 into 8 0 1
equal lengths. 1 out of 8 equal parts

5 __
1 , __
Label 0, __ 3 , __
2 , __ 4 , __ , 6 , __
7 , and 1.
8 8 8 8 8 8 8
1.
Draw a point at __
8

Show 0.3 on a number line. 10 equal parts

Use the same number line. Divide the 0 1


distance from 0 to 1 into 10 equal 3 out of 10 equal parts
lengths.

Reteaching 12-4
Label 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, and so on.

Use the number line to name the fraction or decimal that should
be written at each point.
C B D A

3 4 5
3
4__ 1
3__ 1
3__ 1
2 4__
1. A 4 2. B 3. C 4 4. D 4
Identify the correct point on the number line for each fraction
or decimal.

A C D B

5 5.5 6 6.5 7
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

1
5. 6__
3
D 6. 5.3 A 2
7. 5__
3
C 8. 6.8 B

Topic 12 177
Name Practice
12-4
Fractions and Decimals
on the Number Line
Use the number line to name the fraction or decimal that should
be written at each point.
E F H G

2 2 12 3 4

2.4 2.8 3.8 1


3__
1. E 2. F 3. G 4. H
2
Identify the correct point on the number line for each fraction
or decimal.
C A D B

7 8 9

5. 8.3 B 3
6. 7__
5
C 7. 7.7 A 8. 8.2 D
9. Eamon used a number line to compare two numbers,
3 . One number was less than __
0.48 and __ 1 and the other
5 2
1 . Which number
number was greater than __
2
1?
was less than __
2
0.48
10. Which of the following choices is not correct?
Practice 12-4

4
A 0.43  __ 2  0.07
B __ 1  0.09
C __ 1  0.35
D __
5 3 2 3
4.
11. Writing to Explain Jayne says that 0.45 is greater than ___
10
Is she correct?

Sample answer: Yes, she is correct


4 is equal to 0.4 and 0.45 is
because ___
10
greater than 0.4.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

178 Topic 12
Name Reteaching
12-5
Mixed Numbers and Decimals
on the Number Line
9 on a number line.
1 , 1.75, and 2___
Compare 2__
2 10
1 1.5 1.75 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
1 1 9 1
1 12 2 22 2 10 3 32
1 is halfway between 2 and 3. 1.75 is halfway between 1.5 and 2.
2__
2
9 is just to the left of 3.0, or 3.
2___
10
Remember that on a number line the numbers increase when moving
from left to right.

Write the value of the point on the number line.

5.3 3.66
1. 2.
5.0 5.7 6.0 3.60 3.70

For 3 through 8, use the two number lines below. What point shows the location of
each number?

Reteaching 12-5
A B C

6 6.8 7

3. 6.3 4. 6.5 5. 6.0


B
________ C
________ A
________

D E F

1.60 1.70

6. 1.64 7. 1.70 8. 1___


62
100

E
________ F
________ D
________

Show the numbers on a number line.

9. __ 3 , 2.2
1 , 1__ 1 , 2.3, 0.4
10. 2__
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

2 4 4
1
__ 3 1
2__
1__
4 2.2 0.4 4 2.3
2
0 1 2 0 1 2 3

Topic 12 179
Name Practice
12-5
Mixed Numbers and Decimals
on the Number Line
Show each number on the number line.
3 , 2__
1. ___ 3 , 2.8, 1.7

0
10 4
0.5 1.0 1.5 1.7 2.0 2.5
2.83.0
0 3
___
1
1 12
1
2 22
1
3 3
2__
2

10 4
What point shows the location of each number?
A B C
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
1 1 1
0 2
1 12 2 22 3

2. 1.9 7
3. ___ 8
4. 2___
10 10

B
________ A
________ C
________

5. Draw a number line to show the heights of each plant.


Practice 12-5

Plant Heights
3 inches 2.8 3.4
Seedling 1 2__
4
Seedling 2 3 6 inches
___ 2 2_34 3 3__
6
10
4
10
Seedling 3 2.8 inches
Seedling 4 3.4 inches

1?
6. Which number is less than 3__
2

A 3.7 B 3.6 C 3.5 D 3.4

7. Writing to Explain Last year, Mike grew 2.9 inches. Emily


grew 2_14 inches. Who grew more?

Mike
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

180 Topic 12
Name Reteaching
12-6
Problem Solving:
Draw a Picture
A fence is 20 ft long. It has posts at each end and at every 4 ft along its length.
How many fence posts are there?

Read and Understand


Step 1: What do you know? Step 2: What are you trying to find?

The fence is 20 ft long. How many posts the fence has.

There are fence posts at each end.

There are fence posts every 4 ft along the length


of the fence.

Plan and Solve


Step 3: What strategy will you use?

Strategy: Draw a picture

4 ft 4 ft 4 ft 4 ft 4 ft

Reteaching 12-6
1 2 3 4 5 6

There are 6 fence posts altogether.

Look Back and Check


Step 4: Is your work correct?

Yes, the picture shows that there is a total of 6 fence posts.

Solve the problem. Write the answer in a complete sentence.


1. Tim, Kara, and Ann are working together to write a
4-page report. Each student is going to do an equal
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

amount of writing. What fraction of the entire report does


each student need to write?

Each student needs to write 1 13 page.


Topic 12 181
Name Practice
12-6
Problem Solving:
Draw a Picture
Solve each problem. Write the answer in a complete sentence.
1. Three friends divided a veggie pizza into 12 slices. If they
divide the pizza equally, what fraction of the pizza would
each friend get?
Each friend gets 14
2 (or 1 ) of the pizza.

3
2. Mark is making a quilt with his grandmother. Each row
of the quilt has 6 squares. There are 8 rows. 12 of the squares
are blue. How many blue squares are in the quilt?
There are 24 blue squares in the quilt.
3. Jane pulled weeds in the garden 7 times. She was paid $5
each time she pulled weeds for less than 1 hour and $6 each
time she pulled weeds for more than 1 hour. If Jane received
$39, how many times did she pull weeds for more than 1 hour?
Jane pulled weeds for more than 1 hr
Practice 12-6

4 times
4. Neil needs to cut 3 long boards into 9 smaller Length of Number
boards. The first is 10 ft, the second is 16 ft, and Board Needed
the third is 18 ft. The table lists the smaller 4 ft 3
boards Neil needs. Use a drawing to show how 5 ft 4
he can divide the 3 boards so there is no waste. 6 ft 2

10 ft
Sample answers
5 5 are given.
16 ft

5 5 6
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

18 ft

4 4 4 6

182 Topic 12
Name Reteaching
13-1
Rounding Decimals
Round 84.62 to the nearest tenth.
Step 1 Look at the digit in the tenths place. 84.62
Step 2 Look at the digit to the right. 84.62
Step 3 If the digit to the right is less than 5, round down. If the digit is 5 or
greater, round up. Since 2 is less than 5, the underlined digit does not
change.
Step 4 84.62 rounds to 84.6.
Round 28.91 to the nearest one.
Step 1 Look at the digit in the ones place. 28.91
Step 2 Look at the digit to the right. 28.91
Step 3 If the digit to the right is less than 5, round down. If the digit is 5 or
greater, round up. Since 9 is greater than 5, the underlined digit is
rounded up.
Step 4 28.91 rounds to 29.
Round each decimal to the nearest tenth.
81.4
1. 81.42 ________ 65.9
2. 65.88 _______ 93.9
3. 93.86 _______

Reteaching 13-1
4. 13.91 13.9
________ 5. 45.63 45.6
_______ 6. 25.8
25.83 _______

7. 71.19 71.2
________ 8. 50.55 50.6
_______ 9. 33.39 33.4
_______

Round each decimal to the nearest whole number.


86
10. 86.32 ________ 26
11. 25.88 _______ 14
12. 13.68 _______

13. 91
91.13 ________ 14. 55
54.63 _______ 15. 83
83.25 _______

16. 72
71.59 ________ 17. 65
65.49 _______ 18. 44
43.51 _______

19. Writing to Explain Do the decimals 32.32, 32.49, and 32.51


all round to the same whole number? Why or why not?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

No. 32.32 and 32.49 each round to 32,


but 32.51 rounds to 33.
Topic 13 183
Name Practice
13-1
Rounding Decimals
Round each decimal to the nearest whole number.

1 25.78
26 2. 17.26 17 3. 34.52 35
4. 52.61 53 5. 73.49 73 6. 42.35 42
7. 27.38 27 8. 46.52 47 9. 18.16 18
Round each decimal to the nearest tenth.

10. 13.13
13.1 11. 49.45 49.5 12. 14.51 14.5
13. 9.99 10.0 14. 2.70 2.7 15. 5.77 5.8
16. 4.01 4.0 17. 0.50 0.5 18. 7.49 7.5
19. When rounded to the nearest whole number, which decimals round to 9?
9.6 9.4 8.05 9.69 9.07 8.71 9.02 9.6 8.45
9.4 9.07 8.71 9.02
20. When rounded to the nearest tenth, which decimals round to 3.8?
3.61 3.06 3.79 2.55 3.77 3.84 3.80 3.68
3.79 3.77 3.84 3.80
Practice 13-1

21. Reasoning A swimmer’s time in the 100-meter backstroke is


58 seconds when rounded to the nearest whole number. Name the fastest
and slowest times possible in decimals rounded to the hundredths place.
Fastest: 57.50 seconds, slowest: 58.49
seconds
22. Estimation It is 3.6 miles from Steve’s house to the skating rink. Estimate the
distance from Steve’s house to the skating rink.
A 3 miles B 4 miles C 5 miles D 6 miles

23. Writing to Explain Round 8.95 to the nearest tenth. Did the
ones place change? Explain.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Yes. 8.95 rounded to the nearest


tenth is 9.
184 Topic 13
Name Reteaching
13-2
Estimating Sums and
Differences of Decimals
To estimate, you change numbers to ones that are easier to add
and subtract.
Estimate 11.7  3.8. Estimate 12.9  7.1.
Estimate by rounding to the nearest Estimate by rounding to the nearest
whole number. whole number.
11.7  3.8 12.9  7.1
 r r  r r
12  4  16 13  7  6

So, 11.7  3.8 is about 16. So, 12.9  7.1 is about 6.

Estimate each sum or difference.

1. 7.12  8.64 16 2. 12.74  6.11 7


3. 22.91  4.86
28 4. 17.4  12.8
4
5. 19.8  7.12
27 6. 31.22  18.3
13

Reteaching 13-2
7. 9.30 8. 8.4 9. 4.13 10. 0.31
 6.27  3.1  1.68  0.74

15 5 2 1
11. 24.70 12. 51.99 13. 24.24 14. 0.79
 3.88  11.11  12.81  1.88

29 63 11 3
15. Number Sense Explain why 20 is NOT a reasonable
estimate for 33.71  17.25.
If 33.71 rounds to 30 and 17.25 rounds
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

to 20, then 30  20  10.

Topic 13 185
Practice
13-2
Estimating Sums and
Differences of Decimals
Sample answers are given.
Estimate each sum or difference.

1. 1.45  0.6 2 2. 8.91  1.16 10 3. 7.09  5.11 2


4. 6.59  3.84 3 5. 8.54  9.01 18 6. 6.11  0.15 6
7. 18.05 8. 11.45 9. 8.65 10. 9.50
 0.85  0.90  5.10  6.80

19 10 4 17
11. Reasoning Cheryl had $86.51. 12. Jean walked 19.87 mi last week,
She bought 6 cases of fruit drink 17.15 mi the week before, and
and had $50.67 left. About how 18.92 mi this week. About how
much did Cheryl pay for each many miles has Jean walked
case of fruit drink? in the 3 weeks?
About $6.00 About 56 mi
13. William drives 14.81 mi to work each day. Kathy drives 2.6 mi to work
each day. About how much farther does William drive each day?
About 12 mi farther
Practice 13-2

14. Which is the best estimate for the sum of 22.36  19.6?
A 41 B 42 C 43 D 44

15. Writing to Explain Kayla needs $15.00 to buy a CD. She


has $8.18 in her wallet, $3.19 in her pocket, and $5.42 in her
piggy bank. Does Kayla have enough? Explain.
Sample answer: By rounding to the
nearest dollar, Kayla has $8  $3  $5 
$16. All are underestimates, so she has
enough money.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

186 Topic 13
Name Reteaching
13-3
Modeling Addition and
Subtraction of Decimals
Adding decimals using a Subtracting decimals using a
hundredths grid: hundredths grid:
Add 0.32  0.17. Subtract 0.61  0.42.

Step 1: Shade 32 squares to show 0.32. Step 1: Shade 61 squares to show 0.61.

Step 2: Use a different color. Shade 17 squares to Step 2: Cross out 42 squares to show 0.42.
show 0.17.
Step 3: Count the squares that are shaded but not
Step 3: Count all the squares that are shaded. crossed out. Write the decimal: 0.19.
How many hundredths are shaded in all? Write the
decimal for the total shaded squares: 0.49. So, 0.61  0.42  0.19.

Reteaching 13-3
So, 0.32  0.17  0.49.

Add or subtract. You may use hundredths grids to help.

1. 0.22  0.35  0.57 2. 0.52  0.41  0.11


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 13 187
Name Practice
13-3
Modeling Addition and
Subtraction of Decimals
Add or subtract. You may use grids to help.

1. 0.12  0.56  0.68 2. 0.27  0.09  0.18

3. 0.86  0.54  1.4 4. 1.27  0.75  2.02


5. 0.93  0.25  0.68 6. 1.07  0.61  0.46

7. 1.13  1.02  0.11 8. 0.28  1.96  2.24

9. Number Sense Is the difference of


1.45  0.12 less than or greater than 1? Greater than 1
10. A bottle of nail polish holds 0.8 oz. A bottle of perfume
holds 0.45 oz. How many more ounces does a bottle
Practice 13-3

of nail polish hold? 0.35 oz


11. Add: 1.18  1.86.
A 2.04 B 2.94 C 3.04 D
3.14

12. Writing to Explain Explain how you can use grids to


subtract 1.65  0.98.
Sample answer: Use two grids, one fully
shaded and one with 0.65 shaded. Cross
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

out 0.98. The answer is 0.67, the shaded


part not crossed out.
188 Topic 13
Name Reteaching
13-4
Adding and Subtracting
Decimals
Example 1 Find 1.35  2.4.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Line up the decimal Add hundredths. Add tenths. Regroup Add ones. Place the
points. Write zeros Regroup if necessary. if necessary. decimal point.
as placeholders.
1.35 1.35 1.35 1.35
Remember:
 2.40 2.4  2.40  2.40  2.40  2.40
5 75 3.75
Example 2 Find 6  1.75.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Line up the decimal Write zeros as Subtract hundredths. Subtract tenths
points. place holders. Regroup if necessary. and ones. Place the
6 6.00 9 decimal point.
/ 10
5 10
 1.75  1.75 9
/6./0/0 / 10
5 10

 1.75 /6./0/0
5  1.75
4.25

Find each sum.


0.3 5.47 5.7
1. 2. 3.
 2.8  0.56  4.38
3.1

Reteaching 13-4
6.03 10.08
56.3 73.27 22.69
4. 5. 6.
 26.55  1.06  22.72
82.85 74.33 45.41
Find each difference.
7. 3.8 8. 4.78 9. 6.9
 3.6  0.57  3.25
0.2 4.21 3.65
10. 36.35 11. 32 12. 62.22
 24.7  17.43  29.35
11.65 14.57 32.87
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

13. Number Sense In 1957, rainfall in El Camino was


0.34 inch in the spring and 4.74 inches in the summer.
How much more rain fell in the summer than in the spring?
4.4 inches more
Topic 13 189
Name Practice
13-4
Adding and Subtracting
Decimals
For 1 through 18, add or subtract.

1. 6.33 2. 37.41 3. 15.19


 0.23  16.43  60.91
6.56 20.98 76.10
4. 2.67 5. 66.34 6. 68.33
 0.45  17.55  7.52
3.12 48.79 60.81
7. 54.08  45.81 8. 32.8  0.46 9. 54.28  17.7
8.27 33.26 36.58
10. 44.37  0.99 11. 14.19  12.14 12. 17.4  17.13
45.36 2.05 0.27
13. 8.27  7.84 14. 46.78  4.8 15. 17.66  12.79
16.11 41.98 4.87
16. 81.82  5.24 17. 61.22  33.82 18. 4.98  72.94
87.06 27.40 77.92
Practice 13-4

19. Christina walked 44.2 meters. She then walked 19.82 meters
more. How many meters did she walk?

64.02 meters
20. Nelson has $18.82 in his left pocket. He has $14.33 in his right
pocket. How much more money does he have in his left pocket?

A $4.44 B $4.49 C $4.51 D $4.59

21. Writing to Explain Explain why 4.2  0.2 is more than 4.2  0.12.
The value in the tenths place is greater
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

in 0.2 than it is in 0.12, so adding 4.2 to


0.2 will be more than adding 4.2 to 0.12.
190 Topic 13
Name Reteaching
13-5
Multiplying a Whole Number
by a Decimal
Nelly has $6.00. Notebooks cost $1.25 each. She wants to buy
4 of them. Does she have enough money to buy them?
Multiply 4 by $1.25 to find out how • Multiply the same way you do with
much 4 notebooks will cost. whole numbers.

1.25 2 decimal places • Find the number of decimal places


 4  0 decimal places in the product by combining the
5.00 2 decimal places number of decimal places in
the factors.

4 notebooks cost $5.00, so Nelly will have enough money to buy them.

You can also use estimation to check your answers. Round the decimal
to the nearest whole number and multiply that by the other number.
That way you can make sure you put the decimals in the right place.
Use the above example. Round $1.25 to the nearest whole
number to get $1. $1  4  $4. If you wrote the answer as 500,
you would know it could not be right. The answer needs to be
close to 4. The correct answer, $5, is very close to $4.

Reteaching 13-5
For 1 through 8, multiply.
1. 4.23 2. 2.31 3. 2.68 4. 12.85
 3  7  4  2
12.69 16.17 10.72 25.70

5. 3.84 6. 17.01 7. 9.87 8. 15.07


 6  3  5  4
23.04 51.03 49.35 60.28
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 13 191
Name Practice
13-5
Multiplying a Whole Number
by a Decimal
For 1 through 12, multiply.

1. 1.2 2. 2.7 3. 6.4 4. 12.1


2 3 6  2
2.4 8.1 38.4 24.2
5. 24.6 6. 39.2 7. 17.4 8. 61.0
 5  8  9  11
123.0 313.6 156.6 671.0
9. 3.57 10. 6.49 11. 18.12 12. 20.05
 2  12  23  5
7.14 77.88 416.76 100.25
13. Mrs. Klein ran 2.5 miles on Saturday. Her husband ran 3 times
more than she. How many miles did Mrs. Klein’s husband run?
7.5 miles
Practice 13-5

14. Susie sells 15 pencils for $0.10 each. How much money does
she make?

A $150 B $15 C $1.50 D $0.15

15. Writing to Explain The ingredients for a recipe Cheryl is


making cost $13.45. She needs to triple the recipe. She
has $40. Does she have enough money for the ingredients?
Explain.

No, all the ingredients cost $40.35.


She is $0.35 short.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

192 Topic 13
Name Reteaching
13-6
Dividing a Decimal by
a Whole Number
Jo has $9.75 and wants to buy toys for her 3 pets. How
much can she spend on each pet?

Divide $9.75 by 3 to find out how much she can • Divide the same way you do
spend on each pet. with whole numbers.
$3.25
______ • Remember to write the
3 $9.75
decimal point in the
9 quotient. The decimal point
07 moves straight up.
 06
15
 15
0

Jo will have $3.25 to spend on each pet.

Remember that when dividing a decimal by a whole number, the decimal point
goes straight up and stays in the same position it was at in the original decimal.
For 1 through 8, divide.

Reteaching 13-6
1. 9.5  2 2. 2.5  5 3. 6.6  6 4. 15.85 ÷ 5
4.75 0.5 1.1 3.17
5. 5.75  5 6. 22.12  2 7. 100.4  4 8. 69.9  3
1.15 11.06 25.1 23.3
9. Number Sense Brian divided 15.3  3 and got 45.9. Is his
answer reasonable? Why or why not?
No, his answer is not reasonable
because the quotient should be less
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

than the dividend.

Topic 13 193
Name Practice
13-6
Dividing a Decimal by
a Whole Number
For 1 through 12, divide.
1. 12.6  6 2. 33.6  3 3. 98.5  5 4. 64.8  4
2.1 11.2 19.7 16.2
5. 104.8  2 6. 52.4  4 7. 137.2  7 8. 69.3  3
52.4 13.1 19.6 23.1
9. 74.8  4 10. 25.05  5 11. 88.8  6 12. 100.25  5
18.7 5.01 14.8 20.05
13. Ari ran 16.4 miles in 4 hours at a steady pace. How many
miles did he run in an hour?
4.1 miles
14. Chico drank 32.5 ounces of water in 5 minutes. How many
ounces did he drink per minute?
Practice 13-6

A 7 oz B 6.5 oz C 6 oz D 5.5 oz

15. Writing to Explain Sharon needs to make 5 uniforms for


the basketball team. She has a total of 12.5 giant spools of
thread. Each uniform requires 2.5 spools of thread. Does
Sharon have enough thread to make all the uniforms?
Explain.
Yes, 12.5  5  2.5
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

194 Topic 13
Name Reteaching
13-7
Problem Solving:
Try, Check, and Revise
Try Sandwich Soup Salad Drinks
$3.99 $2.99 $3.50 $1.50
Jackie spent $7.99 on lunch. She ordered three items from the menu. What did
she order?
Did she order a sandwich, soup, and a drink? Try adding the three items.
Check $3.99
$2.99 That’s too high. Try again.
$1.50
$8.48
Revise Did she order soup, salad, and a drink? Try adding these items.
Check $2.99
$3.50 That’s right. These three items total $7.99.
$1.50
$7.99

Use the price list to solve 1 through 3.


Dave’s Fruit Market
grapes $2.25/bag bananas $1.99/bag strawberries $3.40/box watermelon $5.00

1. Wanda spent $11.99 at Dave’s Fruit Market. She bought 2 of


one thing and 1 of another thing. What did she buy?
2 watermelons and 1 bag of bananas

Reteaching 13-7
2. Ted spent $7.64 at Dave’s Fruit Market. He bought three
different items. What did he buy?
1 bag of bananas, 1 box of strawberries,
and 1 bag of grapes
3. Number Sense Scott bought two items at Dave’s Fruit
Market. The cashier told him that he owed $5.49. Why is the
cashier incorrect? What did Scott purchase?
No two items add up to $5.49. Scott
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

purchased 1 bag of bananas and 1 box of


strawberries because the cost of those is
$5.39, which is close to $5.49.
Topic 13 195
Name Practice
13-7
Problem Solving:
Try, Check, and Revise
Use the first try to help you make a second try. Finish solving the problem.

1. Mrs. Reid brought 32 orange and apple slices to her


daughter’s soccer practice. There were three times as many
orange slices as there were apple slices. How many of each
kind did she bring?
24 orange slices and 8 apple slices
Use the table to answer questions 2 through 4.

2. Todd bought 2 items and spent


Zeke’s Toy Store
$15.05. What did he buy?
Toy Cost
1 car and 1 train
Car $5.55

3. Sarah bought 4 items and spent Boat $8.99


$30.10. What did she buy?
Train $9.50
2 cars and 2 trains
4. Erin bought 3 items and spent
$26.97. What did she buy?
Practice 13-7

3 boats
5. Greg has 5 coins in his pocket. The value of all 5 coins is $0.57. Which coins
does he have in his pocket?

A 1 quarter, 2 dimes, and 2 pennies C 2 quarters, 1 nickel, and 2 pennies

B 3 quarters and 2 pennies D 2 quarters, 1 dime, and 2 pennies

6. Writing to Explain Jack has $2.00. What information do you


need to find which coins he has?
The total number of coins Jack has
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

196 Topic 13
Name Reteaching
14-1
Understanding Area
Area is the number of square units used to cover a certain amount of space.

In the diagram above, it is possible to calculate the exact area


by counting the number of squares or square units that make
up the rectangle.
There are 8 squares in the figure.
The area of the figure is 8 square units.

It is also possible to estimate the area.

There are about 17 squares in the figure.


The area of the figure is about 17 square units.

Reteaching 14-1
Calculate the area of the figures below.
1. 2. 3.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

about 7 sq units 4 sq units 7 sq units

Topic 14 197
Name Practice
14-1
Understanding Area
For 1 through 4, use the picture below.

Athletic Field

Baseball
Soccer

Tennis Empty

1. What is the area of the soccer section of the field? 18 sq units


2. What is the area of the field that is NOT being used? 14 sq units

3. How many square units of the athletic field are being used?

36 sq units
4. If the school used the soccer and baseball fields to build a football stadium,
how large could the area of the stadium be?

26 sq units
5. What is the area of the shaded section?
Practice 14-1

A 16 sq units B 12 sq units C 8 sq units D 4 sq units

6. Writing to Explain A hexagon has a grid on it. The height of the hexagon is 2
units. What would be the approximate area? Explain.
4 square units. Two full square units
and approximately 4 half square units
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

198 Topic 14
Name Reteaching
14-2
Area of Squares and
Rectangles
What is the area of this rectangle?
Use the formula A  w:
A85 5 ft

A  40
8 ft
The area is 40 square feet.
What is the area of this figure?
4m 4m

4m 4m A 4m
6m 6m
8m

4m 4m B 4m

10 m 10 m

You can draw segments Rectangle A Rectangle B


to divide the figure into A  w A  w
rectangles. Then find
the area of each A  4 4 A  4 10
rectangle and add.  16  40
16  40  56, so the area
of the original figure is
56 square meters.

Reteaching 14-2
Find the area of each figure.
1. 2. 4m

6m
2m
10 m 10 m
9m

10 m 10 m
6m

4m

18 sq m 104 sq m
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

3. Reasoning The area of a rectangle is 56 square inches.


The width of the rectangle is 7 in. What is the length? 8 in.
Topic 14 199
Name Practice
14-2
Area of Squares and
Rectangles
Find the area of each figure.
5 in. 5 ft
1. 2.
5 in.
9 ft

25 square in. 45 square ft


3. 4. 8 cm

2 cm

24 square units 16 square cm


32 ft

5. What is the area of one 20 ft


bedroom? 30 ft
20 ft
400 square ft
Practice 14-2

Living 28 ft
20 ft Bedroom
space
6. What is the area of the
Garage 30 ft
garage?
20 ft Bedroom
840 square ft
7. Which is the area of a rectangle with a length of 26 cm and a
width of 34 cm?

A 992 square cm B 884 square cm C 720 square cm D 324 square cm


Sample
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

8. Writing to Explain Explain how you would find the length of


answer:
one side of a square if the area is 16 square units.
Divide 16 by 4 to find that each side is 4 units.
200 Topic 14
Name Reteaching
14-3
Area of Irregular Shapes
To estimate the area of an irregular Subtract from a Larger Area
shape, you can add squares on a grid,
or you can subtract squares from a
larger area.
Adding Squares

First, find the area of a regular shape


that is larger than the irregular shape.

First, count the number of whole


squares. There are 12 whole squares.
Then count the partial squares. There
are 4 partial squares.
Estimate how many whole squares the The gray rectangle has an area of
partial squares would equal. They equal 30 square units.
about 2 whole squares. Subtract the squares that are less
Finally, add the whole squares and the than the regular area. There is about
estimate for the partial squares to find 1 square subtracted at each corner, so

Reteaching 14-3
the total estimated area. subtract 4 squares.

12  2  14 square units 30  4  26 square units

Find the area of each shape.


1. 2.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

About 10 units2 About 12 units2

Topic 14 201
Name Practice
14-3
Area of Irregular Shapes
Find the area of each shape.
1. 2.

About 17 units2 About 20 units2


3. 4.

About 8 units2 About 15 units2


5. 6.
Practice 14-3

About 14 units2 About 11 units2


7. 8.

About 14 units2 About 11 units2


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

202 Topic 14
Name Reteaching
14-4
Area of Parallelograms
To find the area of a parallelogram, the same formula is used as
the one to find the area of a rectangle.
The area of a parallelogram is: Area  base  height.
A parallelogram can be transformed into a rectangle by cutting
a triangle off one side and sliding it to the opposite side. The
rectangle that is formed has a base and height equal to the base
and height of the original parallelogram. The areas will be the
same.

Here is an example of finding the area of a parallelogram:

4 in.

6 in.
What is the area of the parallelogram?

Reteaching 14-4
A  base  height  6 in.  4 in.  24 square in.

1. What is the area of a parallelogram with


a base of 10 in. and height of 4 in.?
40 square inches
2. What is the area of a parallelogram with 48 square inches
a base of 8 in. and a height of 6 in.?
3. The area of a parallelogram is 20 square in.
and the base is 4 in. What is the height of 5 in.
the parallelogram?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

4. The area of a parallelogram is 72 square in.


and the height is 9 in. What is the length of
the base?
8 in.

Topic 14 203
Name Practice
14-4
Area of Parallelograms
Find the area of each of the following parallelograms in
1 through 8.
1. 2. 3. 4.

3 ft 5 in. 3 ft 1 mi

9 in. 3 ft 2 mi
4 ft

12 ft2 45 in2 9 ft2 2 mi2


5. 6. 7. 8.

1 ft
8 in. 2 yd 3 in.
12 ft
6 in.
10 in. 3 yd

80 in2 6 yd2 12 ft2 18 in2

9. The area of a kite shaped like a parallelogram is 324 square inches. If the
length of the base is 18 inches, what is the height?
Practice 14-4

A 16 inches B 18 inches C 24 inches D 28 inches

10. Writing to Explain Two parallelograms have pairs of sides that are 3 feet long
and 2 feet long. One of the parallelograms is a rectangle and the other is not.
Which has a bigger area, and why?
Both parallelograms have the same
area because the parallelogram that
is not a rectangle can be transformed
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

into a rectangle. Both rectangles would


have the same length and width.
204 Topic 14
Name Reteaching
14-5
Area of Triangles
The area of the triangle is given by the formula:
1 base  height
Area  __
2

Remember: in order to use the formula all the lengths and the
heights must be in the same units. The height is the distance from
the base to the opposite vertex.

height

base

Compute the area of a triangular sail that is 6 ft wide and 12 ft high.

12 ft

6 ft

Reteaching 14-5
1 base  height
Area  __
2
1  6  12
 __
2

 36 ft2

1. A triangle has a base that is 8 in. and a height


that is 12 in. What is the area?
48 in2
2. What is the area of a triangle that has a 6 in.
12 in2
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

base and is 4 in. tall?

3. What is the area of a triangular garden that


has a base 20 ft long and a height 8 ft?
80 ft2
Topic 14 205
Name Practice
14-5
Area of Triangles
Find the area of the triangles with these dimensions. You may
draw a picture to help you.

1. 2. 3. 4.
height: 10 ft height: 20 ft height: 3 ft height: 3 ft
base: 10 ft base: 4 ft base: 20 ft base: 8 ft

50 sq ft 40 sq ft 30 sq ft 12 sq ft
5. 6. 7. 8.
height: 11 ft height: 71 ft height: 2 ft height: 4 ft
base: 14 ft base: 10 ft base: 100 ft base: 50 ft

77 sq ft 355 sq ft 100 sq ft 100 sq ft


9. Find the area of the triangle.
7 in.
21 sq in.
6 in.
10. Which triangle has the smallest area?
Practice 14-5

A B  10 ft, h  10 ft C B  24 ft, h  3 ft
B B  30 ft, h  2 ft D B  40 ft, h  1 ft

11. Writing to Explain A square and a triangle have equal


areas. If a side of the square is 10 inches and the base of
the triangle is 10 inches, what is the height of the triangle?
Explain. (Draw a diagram to solve the problem.)
The area of the square is 100 square
feet. The formula for the area of a
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

triangle is _12 base  height.


_1 (10)  h  100. 5  h  100. The height
2
is 20 inches.
206 Topic 14
Name Reteaching
14-6
Perimeter
You can use addition to find the Sometimes you can use a formula to
perimeter of a figure. find the perimeter.

9 in. 11 m

3m 3m
5 in.
11 m
7 in.
15 in. P  (2   )  (2  w)
 is the length and w is the width.
5 in.
P  (2   )  (2  w)
10 in.
P  (2  11)  (2  3)
Add the lengths of the sides. P  22  6
9  5  7  5  10  15  51 in. P  28 m

Find the perimeter of each figure.


1. 8 cm 2. 7m

5 cm 4m 4m
8 cm
6 cm 7m

Reteaching 14-6
3 cm
2 cm

32 cm 22 m

3. 4. 18 in.

7 in. 9 in.

4 in.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

20 in. 72 in.

Topic 14 207
Name Practice
14-6
Perimeter
Find the perimeter of each figure.
1. 6 ft 2. 30 yd 3. 12 m
4 ft 4 ft
6m 6m
5 ft 5 ft 30 yd 30 yd

4 ft 4 ft
12 m
30 yd
6 ft

38 ft 120 yd 36 m
4. 5. 6. 1 km 2 km
6m 3 km
17 cm 17 cm
3m 4 km
4m
4 km
17 cm 3m 1m
3m 3 km
2 km 1 km

51 cm 20 m 20 km
7. What is the perimeter around the bases? 90 ft 90 ft

360 ft
90 ft 90 ft
Practice 14-6

8. Which is the perimeter of this figure? 7 cm


7 cm 7 cm
A 77 cm B 63 cm
7 cm 7 cm
C 56 cm D 28 cm
7 cm 7 cm
7 cm
9. Writing to Explain Explain how you can use
multiplication to find the perimeter of a square.
Sample answer: All of the sides of the
square are the same, so multiplying
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

1 side by 4 gives the perimeter.

208 Topic 14
Name Reteaching
14-7
Same Perimeter, Different Area
Rectangles that have the same area can have different perimeters.
Example 1 Thomas wants to put a border around a new garden that will have
an area of 16 square feet. Draw all the different rectangular shapes with an area
of 16 square feet that Thomas could make. Then, find the amount of border
Thomas will need for this new garden.
1 ft P  16  1  16  1  34 ft
16 ft

4 ft 2 ft
8 ft
4 ft

P  4  4  4  4  16 ft P  8  2  8  2  20 ft
Thomas can use any of the rectangular regions shown above. Each has an area
of 16 square feet. The perimeter of each rectangle shows the amount of border
needed for the garden.
Example 2 Draw all rectangular regions that have a perimeter of 12 centimeters.
Then find the area of each.
1 cm 2 cm
5 cm 3 cm

Reteaching 14-7
4 cm
3 cm

P  5  1  5  1  12 cm P  4  2  4  2  12 cm P  3  3  3  3  12 cm
A  5  1  5 cm2 A  4  2  8 cm2 A  3  3  9 cm2

As you can see, rectangles that have the same perimeters can have different areas.

1. Draw a rectangle with the same perimeter as the one below.


Then find the area of each.
Possible Answer:
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

A 24 ft2 8 ft by 2 ft;
4 ft
A  16 ft2
6 ft
Topic 14 209
Name Practice
14-7
Same Perimeter, Different Area
For 1 through 9, write “Yes” if the 2 rectangles have the same
perimeter and “No” if they do not. If they have the same
perimeter, tell which one has the greater area.
1. 3 1 2. 5 10 3. 6 8
A 1
2 5 D 4 F
C 6 E
4 B

Yes; rectangle A No Yes; rectangle E


4. 5 3 5. 4 2 6. 3 2
1 G 1 K
3 H 5 I 6 J 2 L

Yes; rectangle H No Yes; rectangle L


7. 5 7 8. 5 7 9. 8 4
4 N 4 P 8 Q
6 M 9 O 16 R

Yes; rectangle M No
No
10. Two rectangles have a perimeter of 16 inches.
Name two possible areas for each rectangle. Sample Answer:
16 in2 and 15 in2
11. The length of a rectangle is 12 inches and the width is
6 inches. Which rectangle has the same perimeter?
Practice 14-7

6 10
A C
6 8

5 12
B D 3
8

12. Writing to Explain The perimeter of rectangle Y is equal to


its area. Rectangle Z has the same perimeter as rectangle Y.
The length of rectangle Z is 5 inches and the width is 3 inches.
Explain how you can find the length and width of rectangle Y.
Find the perimeter of rectangle Y, which is
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

16 in. Then list all the lengths and widths


that give a perimeter of 16 in. Then find
which one has an area of 16 in2 (4  4).
210 Topic 14
Name Reteaching
14-8
Same Area, Different
Perimeter
Make three rectangles with an area of 36 square feet that have a different
perimeter. Use grid paper or color tiles to help you.

1st Rectangle 2nd Rectangle 3rd Rectangle

Find the area:


Find the area:
Aw Find the area:
Aw
 18  2 Aw
 12  3
 36 square feet 94
 36 square feet
 36 square feet
Find the perimeter:
Find the perimeter:
P  (2  )  (2  w) Find the perimeter:
P  (2  )  (2  w)
 (2  18)  (2  2) P  (2  )  (2  w)
 (2  12)  (2  3)
 36  4  40 feet  (2  9)  (2  4)
 24  6  30 feet
 18  8  26 feet

Solve.

Reteaching 14-8
1. Draw two different perimeters of a rectangle with an area of 14 units.
Name their dimensions.
See student drawings; 1st rectangle:
  7, w  2, P  18; 2nd rectangle:
  14, w  1, P  30
P  80
2. What is the greatest perimeter of a rectangle with an
area of 39 square feet?

P  24
3. What is the least perimeter of a rectangle with an
area of 32 square feet?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

4. Number Sense A rectangle has an area of 42 square

21  2
inches. Which has a greater perimeter, the rectangle
with the dimensions 21  2 or the dimensions 6  7?

Topic 14 211
Name Practice
14-8
Same Area, Different
Perimeter
For 1 through 9, write “yes” if the 2 rectangles have the same area
and “no” if they do not. If they have the same area, tell which one
has the smaller perimeter.
1. 3 4 2. 6 10 3. 4 8
3 D 2 F
6 B 5 C 4 E
8 A

Yes; B Yes; C Yes; E


5 20 6 12 2 3
4. 2 5. 6.
8 G H
4 J
6 K 4 L
8 I

Yes; G Yes; I Yes; L


7. 10 15 8. 4 13 9. 8 15
5 N 2 P 1 R
10 M 9 O 8 Q

No No No
10. Two rectangles have an area of 81 square inches.
Name two possible perimeters for the rectangles. Sample Answer:
Practice 14-8

36 and 60
11. The length of a rectangle is 12 inches and the width is
12 inches. Which rectangle has the same area?
24 13
A C
6
11
B 20 D 48
4 2
12. Writing to Explain The area of a rectangle is 100 square
inches. The perimeter of the rectangle is 40 inches. A second
rectangle has the same area but a different perimeter. Is the
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

second rectangle a square? Explain why or why not.


No; in order for a rectangle to be a square
the length must equal the width.
212 Topic 14
Name Reteaching
14-9
Problem Solving:
Solve a Simpler Problem
and Make a Table
Squares A student is making a pattern of
squares out of cotton balls. Each unit on a
side of the pattern is made up of 2 cotton
balls. How many cotton balls will the student
need to make a pattern that is 4 units high
1 unit
and 4 units wide?

Read and Understand


Step 1: What do you know?
There are 2 cotton balls in each unit. The square is 4 units high and 4 units wide.
Step 2: What are you trying to find?
How many cotton balls are needed in all.

Plan and Solve


Step 3: What strategy will you use? Strategy: Solve a simpler problem.
Problem 1: How many cotton balls Problem 2: How many cotton balls are
are needed for a 1-unit by 1-unit square? needed for a 2-unit by 2-unit square?
8 cotton balls are needed for a 1-unit square. 16 cotton balls are needed for a 2-unit
square.
There are 2 cotton balls for each unit on the side.
There are always 4 sides, so the pattern is the

Reteaching 14-9
number of units in each side, multiplied by 2 cotton balls, multiplied by 4 sides.

Square units 11 22 44


Cotton balls needed 8 16 32
Answer: 32 cotton balls are needed.

Look Back and Check


Step 4: Is your work correct?
Yes, all of my computations are correct, and I saw the correct pattern.

1. Joan works for 6 hr each weekday, and 8 hr total on the


weekends. She earns $6 an hour on weekdays and $9 an hour
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

on weekends. How much money does she earn each week?


6  5  30; 30  $6  $180
8  $9  $72; $180  72  $252
Topic 14 213
Name Practice
14-9
Problem Solving:
Solve a Simpler Problem
and Make a Table
Sam needs to cut a piece of sheet metal into 8 pieces. It takes him 5 minutes to
make each cut.
1. How many cuts will Sam make? 7 cuts
2. Writing to Explain How would making a table help you
to find the number of minutes it took Sam to cut the sheet
metal into 8 pieces?
Making a table would help you to find a
pattern in the number of minutes it took Sam
to make the 7 cuts.
3. How long will it take Sam to turn the sheet metal into
8 pieces? Write your answer in a complete sentence.
It will take Sam 35 minutes to make 7 cuts.
Sarah is having a slumber party with her 11 friends and they are telling scary
stories. They divide into 3 groups and each group tells a story. Each group
member talks for 3 minutes.
Practice 14-9

4. How many people are in each group?


4 people
5. How many minutes does each group take to tell a story? 12 minutes
6. How many minutes does it take for
all three groups to tell their stories? 36 minutes
7. If Sarah divided her friends into 4 groups and each person
still got the same time to talk, how long would it take to tell
the stories?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

A 16 minutes B 36 minutes C 48 minutes D 144 minutes

214 Topic 14
Name Reteaching
15-1
Solids
Solid figures have three
dimensions: length, width,
Edge: the line segment
and height. Many solids have
where 2 faces meet
edges, faces, and vertices.
Face: the flat surface of
solid figures
Rectangular Vertex: the corner where 3
prism or more edges meet

Spheres, cylinders, and cones have curved surfaces.


Other solids have all flat surfaces.
Curved Surfaces Flat Surfaces

Sphere Cylinder Cone Cube Triangular Square Rectangular


prism pyramid pyramid

Complete the table.

Number Number Number


of of of
Solid Figure Faces Edges Vertices Shape(s) of Faces

1.
Rectangular prism
6 12 8 6 rectangles

6 12 8

Reteaching 15-1
Cube 6 squares
2.
2 triangles,
3.
Triangular prism
5 9 6 3 rectangles

4.
Square pyramid 5 8 5 4 triangles,
1 square
5. Reasoning Compare rectangular pyramids and rectangular
prisms. How are they alike?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Sample answer:
Both have rectangular bases.
Topic 15 215
Name Practice
15-1
Solids
Complete the table.
Number Number Number
Solid Figure of Faces of Edges of Vertices
1. Square Pyramid 5 8 5
2. Cube 6 12 8
3. Triangular Prism 5 9 6
Identify the solid figure that best describes each object.
4. 5.

Sphere Cylinder

6.

Triangular prism
7. How many total faces does a rectangular
prism have? 6 faces
8. Which solid does the figure represent?
A Rectangular pyramid C Rectangular prism
Practice 15-1

B Cylinder D Square pyramid


9. Writing to Explain Explain the difference between a plane
figure and a solid figure.

Sample answer: A plane figure has


two dimensions. A solid figure has
three dimensions.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

216 Topic 15
Name Reteaching
15-2
Views of Solids : Nets
You can make models of solid figures by using patterns called nets.
Here is a net for a cylinder. Here is a net for a rectangular
top prism. The dashed line segments
show you where to fold. The solid
line segments show you where to
cut.
top

bottom

You can see the circles for the top


and the bottom and the rectangle that
makes up the side.
bottom
You can see 4 rectangles for
the sides of the prism and the 2
squares for the top and bottom.

Circle the correct letter of the net for each solid.


1. Cone 2. Cube

Reteaching 15-2
A A

B B
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 15 217
Name Practice
15-2
Views of Solids: Nets
Solve.

1. What are the shapes of 2. What shape does a 3. How many more
the faces of a triangular triangular prism have that vertices does a square
prism? a rectangular prism does pyramid have than a
not have? triangular pyramid?
2 triangles and
3 rectangles triangle 1
4. What shapes are the sides 5. How many more vertices 6. How many vertices
of a square pyramid? does a triangular prism does a rectangular
have than a triangular prism have?
pyramid?
triangles 2 8
7. What figure has 8. What figure has 2 9. How many more vertices
6 rectangles as faces? triangular faces and does a rectangular
3 rectangular faces? prism have than a
rectangular pyramid?

rectangular prism triangular prism 3

10. Julie made a coin bank in the shape of a rectangular prism. She wants to
paint each face a different color. How many colors will she need?

6 colors
11. Which solid figure has the most vertices?
A triangular prism C rectangular pyramid
Practice 15-2

B rectangular prism D triangular pyramid

12. Writing to Explain What is one difference between a prism


and a pyramid?

A pyramid has one base and triangular


faces that intersect at a point, but a
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

prism has two congruent bases and


rectangular faces.

218 Topic 15
Name Reteaching
15-3
Views of Solids: Perspective

4 high by 8 wide by 6 deep


486

Front view: Side view: Top or bottom view:

48 46 68

The front view of the solid The side view of the solid The top view and the
is 32 cubes, or 4  8. is 24 cubes, or 4  6. bottom view are the
same, 48 cubes, or 6  8.

Solve.
1. How many edges of the rectangular solid above are visible
from the front view? 4
2. How many sides are visible from the top view of a
triangular pyramid? 3
3. How many sides are visible from the bottom view
of a triangular pyramid? 1

Reteaching 15-3
4. Draw the side view of a rectangular solid that is 2 high by 4 wide by 2 deep.

Check student drawings.


5. Number Sense How many more blocks are visible from the
top view of a 2  6  2 rectangular solid than a 3  5  2
rectangular solid? Explain how you got your answer.
2 blocks; there are 2 rows of 6 in the first
solid and 2 rows of 5 in the second solid.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

2 rows of 6  12 and 2 rows of 5  10, so


there are 2 more in the first solid.
Topic 15 219
Name Practice
15-3
Views of Solids: Perspective
For 1 through 9, draw the perspective of the figure.
1. The top-down view of a 2. The side view of a 3. The top-down view of
rectangular pyramid rectangular pyramid a cube

Check students’ drawings.

4. The side view of 5. The top-down view of 6. The side view of a


a cube a triangular prism triangular prism

Check students’ drawings.

7. The top view of a 8. The side view of a 9. The side view of a


rectangular prism rectangular prism triangular pyramid

Check students’ drawings.

10. Dennis and Ben want to build a square pyramid with blocks.
They both draw a picture of it as it should appear from the
side view. Dennis draws a square with a point in the middle.
Ben draws a triangle. Whose drawing is accurate? Ben’s
Practice 15-3

11. Which choice below gives the number of faces, edges, and vertices of a
rectangular pyramid?
A 5, 8, 5 B 4, 7, 4 C 6, 12, 8 D 8, 10, 8

12. Writing to Explain What is the difference between the shape


of a side view of a rectangular pyramid and a top-down view
of a rectangular pyramid?
Sample answers: A side view is a triangle,
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

and a top down view is a rectangle.

220 Topic 15
Name Reteaching
15-4
Volume
The volume of a solid is the number of cubic units it takes to
fill the solid. For rectangular solids that is the product of the
length, the width, and the height.
Volume  length  width  height
Remember: When using the formula, all the lengths use the same
unit. When counting cubic units, be careful not to miss cubes that
are hard to see.
Compute the volume of a room 12 ft wide, 14 ft long, and 10 ft high.

10 ft

12 ft

14 ft

Volume  length  width  height


Volume  14 ft  12 ft  10 ft
 1,680 cubic ft

Reteaching 15-4
1. If a box is 1 ft by 2 ft by 2 ft, what is the volume? 4 cubic ft

2. A small mailer is 4 inches wide, 6 inches long


1 inch tall. What is the volume?
and __ 12 cubic in.
2

3. If the volume of a box is 560 cubic inches and


the base is 8 in. by 10 in., how tall is the box? 7 in.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 15 221
Name Practice
15-4
Volume
Compute the volume of these figures:

1. A pool 44 feet 2. A loaf of bread 3. A room 6 feet by 4. A room 3 yards


by 9 feet by 6 inches by 8 feet by 9 feet by 9 yards by
8 feet 18 inches by 6 10 yards
inches

3,168 648 cubic 432 cubic 270 cubic


cubic feet inches feet yards
5. A CD case 6. A book that is 7. A briefcase 8. A box of lead
4 inches by 10 inches by 2 feet by 1 foot which is 1 foot
4 inches by 14 inches by by _12 foot by 1 foot by
_1 inch 3 inches 1 foot
4

4 cubic 420 cubic 1 cubic 1 cubic


inches inches foot foot
9. Find the volume of a cube with a height of 3 feet. 27 cubic feet
10. A wall is built of large blocks that are 1 foot by 1 foot by
1 foot, and each weigh 100 pounds. The volume of the wall
is 240 cubic feet. What is the weight of the wall?
A 100 lb B 240 lb C 24,000 lb D 240,000 lb
Practice 15-4

11. Writing to Explain A box is 10 inches tall, 8 inches wide,


and 2 inches deep. What is the volume of the box?

V  10  8  2; The volume is
160 cubic inches.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

222 Topic 15
Name Reteaching
15-5
Problem Solving:
Look for a Pattern
What pattern do you see?
1A2B3C4D5E6F

The numbers alternate with letters of the alphabet, in order.


The pattern would continue like this:
7G8H9I

What pattern do you see?

A B C
1 1 1
2 2 4
3 3 9
4 4 16
5 25

The number in column A is multiplied by the number in column B. Column C is the


product.
The last number in column B would be 5.

Reteaching 15-5
Look for a pattern. Draw the next two shapes.
1.

Look for a pattern. Write the three missing numbers.


2. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 , 12 , 14
3. 2, 7, 12, 17, 22 , 27 , 32
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

4. 60, 52, 44, 36, 28 , 20 , 12

5. 88, 77, 66, 55, 44 , 33 , 22

Topic 15 223
Name Practice
15-5
Problem Solving:
Look for a Pattern
Look for a pattern. Draw the next two shapes.
1.

2.

Look for a pattern. Write the missing numbers.

3. 5, 8, 11, 14, 17, 20 , 23 4. 4, 6, 10, 16, 24, 34 , 46


Look for a pattern. Complete each number sentence.
5. 80  8  88 6. 10  1  11

808  80  888 100  1  101

8,008  880  8,888 1,000  1  1,001


80,808  8,080  88,888 10,000  1  10,001

Look for a pattern. Write the missing numbers.


7. Sally went to purchase tiles for her kitchen floor. She measured
the floor to find how many tiles she needed to cover the floor.
Sally decided to make a pattern. She chose 10 red tiles,
Practice 15-5

40
20 beige tiles, 30 white tiles, black tiles, and 50
gray tiles to complete a pattern for the kitchen floor.

8. Reasoning Fill in the Carl’s Savings Account


missing amounts to Date Deposit Balance
update Carl’s savings
account. 4/7 $25 $945
4/14 $50 $995
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

4/21 $25 $1,020


4/30 $50
$1,070
5/7 $25 $1,095

224 Topic 15
Name Reteaching
16-1
Customary Units of Length
Unit Example
inch width of a U.S. quarter
1 foot (ft)  12 inches (in.) gym shoes
1 yard (yd)  3 feet height of a desk
1 mile (mi)  5,280 feet distance between school and home

How to measure an object:


To measure an object, make sure one end of the object begins at the zero unit.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6
INCHES

The rectangle is closest to the 2 in. mark, so we can say the


rectangle is 2 in. long to the nearest inch.

Choose the most appropriate unit to measure the length of each.


Write in., ft, yd, or mi.

1. cat in. 2. lake mi


3. hallway ft 4. basketball court yd
Estimate first. Then, find each length to the nearest inch. Reteaching 16-1

5. 4 in.
6. 1 in.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 16 225
Name Practice
16-1
Customary Units of Length
Choose the most appropriate unit to measure the length of
each. Write in., ft, yd, or mi.

1. boat ft 2. wallet in.


3. soccer field yd 4. finger bandage in.
5. computer cable ft 6. train route mi
7. nose in. 8. sea mi
Estimate first. Then, measure each length to the nearest inch.

9. 2 in.
10. 1 in.
11. Use a ruler to find the length of one side of the triangle.
Then find the perimeter.
The perimeter is 6 in.
12. Eileen needs 9 feet of fabric to make a skirt.
If Eileen has 18 feet of fabric how many skirts
can she make?
She can make 2 skirts.
13. Which unit would be most appropriate for measuring the
Practice 16-1

length of a barn?

A inches B pounds C yards D miles

14. Writing to Explain Explain how you would decide which


unit is best for measuring your math book.
Sample answer: Because the math book
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

is not very large, I would use inches.

226 Topic 16
Name Reteaching
16-2
Customary Units of Capacity
Capacity is the amount that a container can hold. Capacity is measured in
teaspoons, tablespoons, fluid ounces, cups, pints, quarts, and gallons, from
smallest to largest.

MILK

a cup There are 2 There are 2 There are 4


cups in a pint. pints in a quart. quarts in a gallon.

Choose the most appropriate unit or units to measure the


capacity of each. Write fl oz, c, pt, qt, or gal.

1. water bottle pt 2. bathtub gal


3. milk carton qt 4. coffee pot c
5. teacup c or fl oz 6. jug of juice gal
7. Reasoning Would a cup be a good tool for measuring the
amount of water in a bathtub? Explain why or why not.
Sample answer. No, a cup is very
small, and a bathtub holds gallons of water. Reteaching 16-2

The adult human body contains about 5 qt of blood.

8. Are there more or less than 5 pt of 9. Are there more or less than 5 gal of
blood in a human adult? blood in a human adult?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

More than 5 pt Less than 5 gal

Topic 16 227
Name Practice
16-2
Customary Units of Capacity
Choose the most appropriate unit or units to measure the
capacity of each. Write c, pt, qt, or gal.

1. teacup
c or fl oz 2. juice box
c
3. motor oil
qt 4. chicken stock
in a recipe
c or pt
5. carton of cream
pt 6. lake
gal
7. Number Sense Would a gallon be a good way to measure
the capacity of a soup bowl? Explain.
No; Sample answer: A gallon is too
large of a unit to measure a soup bowl.
8. A refreshment jug for the baseball team holds
20 gal of water. To make an energy drink, 1 c
of mix is used for every 2 gal of water. How many
cups of the mix are needed to fill the jug with
energy drink?
10 c of mix
9. Which unit has the greatest capacity?
A Cup C Pint
B Quart D Gallon

10. Writing to Explain Cassidy says that capacity is the same


as the amount. Do you agree? Explain why or why not.
No; Sample answer: Capacity is how
Practice 16-2

much a container can hold, not how


much is actually in the container.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

228 Topic 16
Reteaching
Name
16-3
Units of Weight
There are 16 ounces (oz) in 1 pound (lb).
There are 2,000 lb in 1 ton (T).
You use ounces to You use pounds to You use tons to weigh
weigh smaller things, weigh things like a very large or heavy
like a tomato. heavy box. things, like a rocket.

tomato

Choose the most appropriate unit to measure the weight of each. Write oz, lb, or T.
1. car T 2. computer lb
3. bowling ball lb 4. onion oz
5. Tyrannosaurus rex T 6. vacuum cleaner lb
7. Reasoning A hippo weighs about 5,000 lb. Does the same hippo weigh more
or less than 5,000 oz?
More than 5,000 oz

Reteaching 16-3
8. Would you most likely measure a leaf using ounces, pounds,
or tons? Explain.
Sample answer: Since leaves are
very light, you would measure one
using ounces.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 16 229
Name Practice
16-3
Units of Weight
Choose the most appropriate unit to measure the weight of each.
Write oz, lb, or T.

1. truck T 2. can of vegetables oz


3. person lb 4. desk lb
5. trailer full of bricks T 6. cup of flour oz
7. box of paper lb 8. CD oz
9. Reasoning Would a scale that is used to weigh food be the
best tool to weigh concrete blocks? Explain why or why not.
No; Sample answer: A scale for food will
measure in ounces. Concrete blocks
need to be weighed in pounds or tons.
10. Jen wants to weigh her cat. Should she weigh the
cat with ounces, pounds, or tons? Pounds
11. What unit would you use to measure the weight of
your house? Tons
12. Which animal would it be appropriate to measure in ounces?
A mouse B elephant C horse D cow
Practice 16-3

13. Writing to Explain Dezi says that there are more ounces in
1 T than there are pounds. Do you agree? Explain.
Yes; ounces are smaller than pounds so
there are more ounces in 1T than there
are pounds.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

230 Topic 16
Name Reteaching
16-4
Changing Customary Units
Here is a table of the customary units of length, capacity, and weight. Use the
table to change one customary unit of measure
to another.
Customary Units
Length Capacity Weight
1 ft  12 in. 1 tbsp  3 tsp 1 lb  16 oz
1 yd  36 in. 1 fl oz  2 tbsp 1 T  2,000 lb
1 yd  3 ft 1 c  8 fl oz
1 mi  5,280 ft 1 pt  2 c
1 mi  1,760 yd 1 qt  2 pt
1 gal  4 qt

Remember: When converting from lesser to greater units, you divide. When
converting from greater to lesser units, you multiply.
Which distance is longer, 100 in. or 10 yd?
1 yd  3 ft 3 ft (12 in./ft)  36 in.
10 yd at (36 in./yd )  360 in.
360 in. is larger than 100 in., so 10 yd is longer.

1. Which is longer, 6 ft or 70 in.? 6 ft


2. How many pints is 24 quarts? 48 pt

3. Which weighs more, 5 lb or 100 oz? 100 oz

Reteaching 16-4
4. If a recipe calls for 2 tbsp, how many tsp is that? 6 tsp
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 16 231
Name Practice
16-4
Changing Customary Units
For 1 through 12, compare. Write , , or  for each .

1. 1 yd  4 ft 2. 40 in.  1 yd
3. 6 pt  3 qt 4. 3 lb  50 oz

5. 2 yd  6 ft 6. 3 ft  30 in.

7. 1 gal  15 c 8. 3 T  3,000 lb

9. 1 mi  2,000 yd 10. 100 ft  100 mi

11. 1 gal  100 fl oz 12. 3 tbsp  10 tsp

13. Which measurement is NOT equal to 1 mile?


A 1,760 yd B 5,280 yd C 5,280 ft D 63,360 in.

14. Writing to Explain A recipe calls for 4 tsp of baking soda


and 1 fl oz of vanilla. Which measurement is greater? Explain.
1 fl oz of vanilla; 4 tsp is equal to
1 tbsp and 1 fl oz is equal to 2 tbsp.
1__
3
Practice 16-4

© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

232 Topic 16
Name Reteaching
16-5
Using Metric Units of Length
Metric units are used to estimate and measure length.
Metric Units of Length
1 cm  10 mm
1 dm  10 cm
1 m  100 cm
1 km  1,000 m
Find the length to the nearest centimeter.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
cm

Measured to the nearest centimeter, the segment is 6 cm long.

Choose the most appropriate unit to measure each. Write mm, cm, dm, m, or km.
1. length of a finger 2. length of a football
cm dm
3. width of a big toe 4. length of the lunchroom
mm m
5. distance between Paris and London
km
Estimate first. Then, find each length to the nearest centimeter.

Reteaching 16-5
6.
, 8 cm
7. Estimates will vary.
, 3 cm
8. Number Sense The distance across a field is 20 m. Is the
distance across the same field greater than or less than
20 km?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Less than 20 km

Topic 16 233
Name Practice
16-5
Using Metric Units of Length
Choose the most appropriate unit to measure each. Write mm,
cm, dm, m, or km.

1. width of a house 2. distance across Lake Erie

m km
3. width of a thumbtack 4. thickness of a phone book

mm cm
Estimate first. Then, find each length to the nearest
centimeter. Estimates will vary.
5.
, 6 cm
6. , 2 cm

7. Number Sense Which would you be more


likely to measure in centimeters, a fish tank
or a swimming pool? A fish tank
8. Which is longer, a 12 cm pencil or a 1 dm pen? 12 cm pencil
9. Which is the most appropriate measure for the length of a skateboard?

A 5 mm B 5 cm C 5 dm D 5m

10. Writing to Explain Jill measured the length of her eraser.


Practice 16-5

She wrote 5 on her paper without the unit. Which metric


unit of measure should Jill include?
Sample answer: Centimeters because
millimeters are too small and meters and
kilometers are too large.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

234 Topic 16
Name Reteaching
16-6
Metric Units of Capacity
Capacity is the amount of liquid that an object can hold. The metric
system of measurement uses the units liter (L) and milliliter (mL).
You would use liters to measure the amount of water in a water
bottle or the amount of gasoline in a gas can.
A milliliter is a very small unit of measurement. There are 5 mL
of liquid in a teaspoon. You would use milliliters to measure small
amounts of liquid, such as measuring how much medicine to give
a baby.
1 L is the same as 1,000 mL.

Choose the most appropriate unit to use to measure the


capacity of each. Write L or mL.
1. thimble mL
2. kitchen sink L
3. coffee cup mL
4. bucket of water for a horse L
5. Number Sense A container holds 5 L of fluid. Does it hold more than
or less than 5 mL of fluid?
The container holds more than 5 mL of fluid.
6. A bottle is filled with saline solution for eyes. Is the bottle

Reteaching 16-6
more likely to hold 15 mL of solution or 1 L of solution?
The bottle is more likely to hold 15 mL
of solution.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 16 235
Name Practice
16-6
Metric Units of Capacity
Choose the most appropriate unit to measure the capacity
of each. Write L or mL.
1. water in a bathtub 2. perfume in a bottle 3. soup in a can

L mL mL
4. Number Sense Which will be less, the number of
liters or the number of milliliters, of water in a pool?
Liters
Sample answers for
5. Name something you might measure in liters. 5 and 6
Amount of water in a lake
6. Name something you might measure in milliliters.

Amount of liquid in a glass of water


7. A gallon of milk is the same as 3.78 L of milk.
How many liters of milk are there in 2 gal?
7.56 L
8. A small can of tomato juice contains 56.8 mL
of juice. A large can of tomato juice contains
202.62 mL of juice. How much juice is there in the
large and small can combined? 259.42 mL
9. Which capacity would you be most likely to measure in milliliters?
A gas in a car C tea in a cup
Practice 16-6

B water in a lake D detergent in a bottle

10. Writing to Explain Would you be more likely to measure the


amount of water in your kitchen sink in liters or milliliters? Explain.
Liters; Sample answer: Because the
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

capacity of my kitchen sink is too great.

236 Topic 16
Name Reteaching
16-7
Units of Mass
The metric units for mass are grams (g) and kilograms (kg).
1 kg  1,000 g
A cherry or a pen might have a mass of 1 g.
A kitten or watermelon might have a mass of 1 kg.

Choose the most appropriate unit to measure the mass of each.


Write g or kg.
1. lawn mower kg 2. pumpkin kg
3. child kg 4. gold ring g
5. robin’s egg g 6. cannonball kg
7. cement block kg 8. spool of thread g
9. Number Sense Which is greater, 850 g or 1 kg?
1 kg is greater than 850 g.
10. The mass of a certain window is 18.6 kg. What is the mass
of 2 of those windows?

Two windows will have a mass


of 37.2 kg.
11. The mass of a horse is 180.82 kg. The mass of a second Reteaching 16-7
horse is 275.6 kg. How much larger is the mass of the
second horse than that of the first horse?

The second horse has 94.78 kg


more mass than the first horse.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 16 237
Name Practice
16-7
Units of Mass
Choose the most appropriate unit to measure the mass of each.
Write g or kg.

1. banana g 2. tractor kg 3. coin g


4. bowling ball kg 5. letter g 6. encyclopedia kg
7. Number Sense Which is a greater number, the mass of a
cat in grams or the mass of the same cat in kilograms?
The mass of the cat in grams
8. The Dromornis stirtoni was once the largest Bird Mass
living bird. It is now extinct. The ostrich is
Ostrich 156 kg
now the largest living bird. What is the
difference in mass between the Dromornis Andean condor 9 kg
stirtoni and the ostrich? Eurasian eagle owl 4.2 kg
298 kg Dromornis stirtoni 454 kg

9. Which has a larger mass, an Andean condor or a Eurasian


eagle owl?
Andean condor
10. Which object would be most likely to have a mass of 2 kg?

A A truck B An orange C A mosquito D A math book

11. Writing to Explain Would you be more likely to find the


Practice 16-7

mass of a pen in grams or in kilograms? Explain.


Grams; Sample answer: A pen is less
than 1 kg, so using grams is more likely.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

238 Topic 16
Name Reteaching
16-8
Changing Metric Units
Here is a table of the conversion factors for metric units.
Metric Measures
1 cm  10 mm
1 dm  10 cm
1 m  100 cm
1 m  1,000 mm
1 km  1,000 m
1 L  1,000 mL
1 kg  1,000 g
Remember: When converting from lesser to greater units
you divide. When converting from greater to lesser units
you multiply.
Which weighs more, a kilogram of lead or 1,200 grams
of feathers?
1 kg  1,000 g
1,000 g of lead is less than 1,200 g of feathers.
The feathers weigh more.

Practice Problems
1. Which is greater, 200 mm or 1 m? 1m
2. Which amount is easier to drink,
250 mL or 250 L? 250 mL
3. If 4 apples weigh 1 kg, about how
Reteaching 16-8
many grams is each apple? 250 g
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 16 239
Name Practice
16-8
Changing Metric Units
For 1 through 12, compare. Write , , or  for each .

1. 4m  400 dm 2. 4 dm  40 cm
3. 10 L  1,000 mL 4. 2 kg  1,500 g

5. 15 cm  150 mm 6. 1 km  999 m

7. 4 L  4,500 mL 8. 500 g  5 kg

9. 6 km  6,000 m 10. 200 cm  3 m

11. 3,000 m  2 km 12. 100 mm  1 dm

13. Which measurement is NOT equal to 3 m?


A 30 dm B 300 cm C 3,000 mm D 3,000 cm

14. Writing to Explain If 5 potatoes together weigh a kilogram


and 8 pears together weigh 1,200 grams, which weighs
more, a potato or a pear? Explain.
A potato; one potato weighs 200 g,
and 1 pear weighs 150 g.
Practice 16-8

© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

240 Topic 16
Name Reteaching
16-9
Units of Time
You can use the information in the table to compare different amounts of time. For
example:
Which is longer, 3 years or
Units of Time
40 months?
1 minute  60 seconds
According to the table, 1 hour  60 minutes
1 year  12 months. 1 day  24 hours
1 week  7 days
12
1 year  12 months 1 month  about 4 weeks
3
3 years  36 months 1 year  52 weeks
36
1 year 12 months
40 months > 36 months 1 year  365 days
1 leap year  366 days
40 months > 3 years
1 decade  10 years
1 century 100 years
So, 40 months is longer
1 millennium 1,000 years
than 3 years.

Write <, >, or  for each .

1. 1 year > 350 days 2. 25 months > 2 years


3. 20 decades  2 centuries 4. 720 days < 2 years

5. 8 decades < 1 century 6. 72 hours  3 days

7. 240 minutes > 3 hours 8. 3 years < 120 months

9. Number Sense How many hours are in 2 days? 48


10. A score is 20 years. How many years is 5 score? 100 Reteaching 16-9

11. Dave’s goldfish lived for 2 years, 8 months.


Chris’s goldfish lived for 35 months. Whose
goldfish lived longer? Chris’s
12. Tree A lived for 6 decades and 5 years.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Tree B lived for 58 years. Which tree lived longer? Tree A

Topic 16 241
Name Practice
16-9
Units of Time
Write , , or  for each .

1. 48 hours < 4 days 2. 1 year  12 months


3. 60 minutes < 2 hours 4. 17 days > 2 weeks

5. 5 months < 40 weeks 6. 1 millennium  10 centuries

7. 6 decades < 1 century 8. 5 decades > 48 years

9. Cheryl’s grandparents have been married


for 6 decades. How many years have
they been married? 60 years
10. Tom was in elementary school from 1997
to 2002. How much time was that in years? 5 years
The Declaration of Independence was signed on July 4, 1776. The
United States celebrated the bicentennial on July 4, 1976. How
much time was that in

11. years? 200 years 12. decades? 20 decades


13. 49 days 
A 5 weeks B 6 weeks C 7 weeks D 8 weeks

14. Writing to Explain Which is longer: 180 sec or 3 min?


Explain how you decided.
Sample answer: They are equal. There
Practice 16-9

are 60 sec in 1 min. So, 3 min equals


180 sec.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

242 Topic 16
Name Reteaching
16-10
Elapsed Time
Elapsed time problems can be solved in more than one way.
Find the elapsed time between 8:50 A.M. and 11:00 A.M.
One Way Another Way

8:50 to 9:00 is 10 min. 8:50 to 10:50 is 2 h.

9:00 to 11:00 is 2 h. 10:50 to 11:00 is 10 min.

That’s 2 h 10 min. That’s 2 h 10 min.

Find each elapsed time.


1. Start: 9:00 A.M.
Finish: 1:30 P.M. 4 h 30 min
2. Start: 5:15 P.M.
Finish: 8:20 P.M. 3 h 5 min
3. Start: 7:35 A.M.
Finish: 8:57 A.M. 1 h 22 min
Write the time each clock will show in 35 minutes.

4. 5.
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
8:35 2:05
Reteaching 16-10
6. Number Sense Is the elapsed time from 3:35 A.M. to
11:00 A.M. more than or less than 7 hours? Explain.
More; 3:35 A.M. plus 7 hours is 10:35 A.M.,
and you need 25 more minutes to
get to 11:00 A.M.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 16 243
Name Practice
16-10
Elapsed Time
Find each elapsed time.
1. Start: 3:52 P.M. 2. Start: 11:35 A.M.
Finish: 4:10 P.M. Finish: 12:25 P.M.

18 min 50 min
3. Start: 3:15 P.M. 4. Start: 8:20 A.M.
Finish: 5:00 P.M. Finish: 2:35 P.M.

1 h 45 min 6 h 15 min
Write the time each clock will show in 30 min.
5. 6. 7.
11 12 1 11 12 1 
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8
7 6 5
4 9:12
7 6 5

6:30 11:05
8. Number Sense Max says that the elapsed time from
11:55 A.M. to 1:10 P.M. is more than an hour and a half.
Is he correct? Explain.
No, Max is not correct. It is only 1 h 15 min.
9. Gary began eating lunch at 12:17 P.M. and finished at
Practice 16-10

1:01 P.M. Which is the elapsed time?


A 41 min B 42 min C 43 min D 44 min

10. Writing to Explain Ella went in the swimming pool at


1:20 P.M. She swam for 1 hour 20 minutes. What time was it
when she finished swimming? Show your work.
Sample answer: 1:20  1 h  2:20.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

2:20  20 min  2:40 P.M.

244 Topic 16
Name Reteaching
16-11
Temperature
Temperature is normally measured in degrees Fahrenheit or degrees Celsius.

The higher the temperature, the hotter it is.

The lower the temperature, the colder it is.

The change in temperature is calculated by subtracting.

For Example:
What is the change in temperature when going from 26°C to 35°C? Is the
temperature increasing or decreasing?

The change is 35  26  9°C. The temperature is increasing.

Practice Problems:
1. What is the change in temperature when going from 10°F
to 15°F?
5ºF increase
2. What is the change in temperature when going from 15°C
to 10°C?
5ºC decrease
3. San Diego is usually 25°F warmer than San Francisco.
If it is 57°F in San Francisco, what would you expect the

Reteaching 16-11
temperature to be in San Diego?
82ºF
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 16 245
Name Practice
16-11
Temperature
For problems 1 through 12, compute the change in temperature. Tell whether it is
an increase or decrease.
1. From 18°F to 2. From 65°F to 3. From 10°C to 4. From 25°C to
45°F 40°F 0°C 45°C

27ºF 25ºF 10ºC 20ºC


increase decrease decrease increase
5. From 37°C to 6. From 0°C to 7. From 32°F to 8. From 85°F to
10°C 100°C 212°F 58°F

27ºC 100ºC 180ºF 27ºF


decrease increase increase decrease
9. From 24.5°C to 10. From 98.6°F to 11. From 99°F to 12. From 8.2°C to
36.8°C 102.1°F 94.6°F 1.4°C

12.3ºC 3.5ºF 4.4ºF 6.8ºC


increase increase decrease decrease
13. The temperature during a heat wave was 98°F. After a
thunderstorm, the temperature was 62°F. What was the
change in temperature?

A 36°F decrease B 36°F increase C 62°F decrease D 98°F increase

14. Writing to Explain Water freezes at 32°F and 0°C. Water


boils at 212°F and 100°C. Which measures a bigger heat
Practice 16-11

change, 1°C or 1°F?


1ºC is bigger than 1ºF because it
takes 180 degrees F to equal
100 degrees C.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

246 Topic 16
Name Reteaching
16-12
Problem Solving:
Work Backward
Morning Routine Brenda takes 30 minutes to get dressed for
school. She eats breakfast for 20 minutes more, then walks to
school. It takes Brenda 15 minutes to walk to school. Brenda
needs to be at school by 8:55 A.M. What time is the latest she
should get out of bed in the morning?
Read and Understand

Step 1: What do you know? Step 2: What are you trying to find?
Brenda takes 30 min to get ready, 20 min What time is the latest Brenda should get up?
for breakfast, and 15 min to walk to school.
She must be at school by 8:55 A.M.

Plan and Solve

Step 3: What strategy will you use? Strategy: Work backward.


Work backward from the end, doing the opposite of each step.
I need to work backward, or subtract from the school arrival time,
one step at a time.
? Arrive 7:50 A.M. Arrive
Wake 8:55 A.M. Wake 8:20 8:40 8:55 A.M
Up Dress Breakfast Walk Up Dress Breakfast Walk

30 min 20 min 15 min 30 min 20 min 15 min

Brenda must get up by 7:50 A.M. at the latest to make it to school on time.

Reteaching 16-12
Look Back and Check
Step 4: Is your work correct?
Yes. If I follow the times forward, I end at 8:55 A.M.

1. When Christopher Columbus was 41 years old he sailed


across the Atlantic Ocean for the first time. He went on his
final expedition 10 years later, which took 2 years. He died
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

2 years after his final expedition ended, in 1506. What year


was Columbus born?
Christopher Columbus was born in 1451.
Topic 16 247
Name Practice
16-12
Problem Solving:
Work Backward
Solve by working backward. Write the answer in a complete sentence.
1. There were 21 students in Travis’s fourth-grade class at the end
of the school year. During the year four new students joined
his class, and 2 moved away. One student was transferred to
another fourth-grade teacher. How many students were in Travis’s
class at the beginning of the school year?
There were 20 students in Travis’s
fourth-grade class at the beginning of
the school year.
2. Sir John Franklin was an explorer who traveled in Canada
and the United States. He was 33 years old when he began
exploring northwestern Canada. In a second expedition
17 years later, he explored as far as Alaska. 11 years later,
Franklin died in an expedition in search of a Northwest
Passage in 1847. In what year was Franklin born?
Sir John Franklin was born in 1786.
3. Tessie has a volleyball game at 7:00 P.M. She needs to be
there 20 minutes early to warm up for the game, and it takes
her 45 minutes to get to the gym. What time should she leave
her house?
Tessie should leave her house at 5:55 P.M.
Practice 16-12

4. Frank bought lunch for $5.60 at a diner. He spent $2.00 to


ride the bus to the mall and back, and spent $6.50 while
he was at the mall. His friend Bill paid him back $5.00 that
he had borrowed last week. If Frank arrived at home with
$10.50 in his pocket, how much did he have when he left
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

home that morning?


Frank had $19.60 when he left home.

248 Topic 16
Name Reteaching
17-1
Data from Surveys
To take a survey, you ask different people the same question and record their
answers. Heather asked her class, “What is your favorite flavor of frozen
yogurt?” Here are her results.
Favorite Flavor of Frozen Yogurt
Vanilla //// 4
Chocolate //// //// 9
Strawberry /// 3
Orange / 1
We can see that Heather’s classmates liked chocolate frozen
yogurt the best.

Favorite Winter Olympic Sports


Bobsledding //// /// 8
Curling // 2
Ice hockey //// //// 10
Speed skating /// 3

1. How many people in the survey liked bobsledding


the best?
8 people
2. How many people were surveyed?
23 people
3 According to the data, which sport is the favorite
of most people?
Ice hockey
4. Number Sense If five times as many people were
surveyed, how many do you think would say they liked Reteaching 17-1
curling best? Explain.

Ten; five times as many as the original


survey. If the number of people surveyed
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

is multiplied by five, then the responses


should be multiplied by five too.

Topic 17 249
Name Practice
17-1
Data from Surveys
Use the data in the tally chart. Favorite Frozen Yogurt

1. How many people in the survey liked Banana lll


strawberry-flavored frozen yogurt best? Blueberry llll llll ll
5 people Strawberry llll
Vanilla llll lll
2. Which flavor of frozen yogurt received
the most votes? Blueberry
3. How many people liked vanilla frozen
yogurt best? 8 people
4. How many people were surveyed? 28 people
5. Number Sense Could the frozen yogurt survey help
restaurants choose flavors of frozen yogurt? Explain.
Sample answer: Yes, restaurants
want to know what people like.

6. Which is the last step in taking a survey?


A Explain the results C Count tallies
B Write a survey question D Make a tally chart and
ask the question

7. Writing to Explain Give an example of a topic for a survey


question in which the results for the answers could be similar.
Practice 17-1

Sample answer: The age for learning to


ride a bike; most people learned early.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

250 Topic 17
Name Reteaching
17-2
Interpreting Graphs
Bar graphs help us compare data.
Data File Lengths of U.S. States
600
Lengths of U.S. States 500

Miles Long
State Length 400
Florida 500 mi 300
200
Georgia 300 mi 100
Kansas 400 mi 0
Florida Georgia Kansas Utah
Utah 350 mi State

The bar graph shows the information from the table in another way.

Use the bar graph below.


Game Results
50
Points Scored

40 Points
scored
30
20
10
0
Vito Ray Pat Leslie Travis
Name of Player

1. How many points did Pat score? 10


2. Who scored more points, Leslie or Travis? Leslie
3. Which player scored 20 points? Ray Reteaching 17-2

4. Which two players scored the same


amount of points?
Vito and Travis
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 17 251
Name Practice
17-2
Interpreting Graphs
Free-Throw Shots
1. How many free-throw shots did
50
Jan make?
45
30 free-throw

Number of Shots
40
35
shots 30
25
2. How many free-throw shots did 20
Bob make? 15
10
20 free-throw 5
0
shots Rick Jan Amber
Students
Bob Leanne

3. Who made 35 free-throw shots?

Leanne
4. Who made 15 free-throw shots?
Rick
5. Number Sense How can you easily tell who completed
about the same number of free-throw shots?
You can see which bars are
about the same.
6. What are the numbers that show the units on a graph called?
A Scale B Intervals C Horizontal axis D Vertical axis

7. Writing to Explain Describe the interval you would use for


a bar graph if the data ranges from 12 to 39 units.
Sample answer: You could count by
Practice 17-2

twos because the range is not large.


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

252 Topic 17
Name Reteaching
17-3
Line Plots
The table below gives the number of miles Freda ran over a period of
days. A line plot shows data along a number line. Each X represents one
number in the data set.

Miles Run Days x


x x
2 2 x x x
x x x x x
3 4 x x x x x x

4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
5 3 How Far Freda Runs (in miles)

6 2
12 1
On the line plot each X represents 1 day. An outlier is a
number in a data set that is very different from the rest
of the numbers.

1. Is there an outlier in the data set above? Explain.


Yes; 12 is very far from the other numbers.
2. Complete the line plot to show the data
Number of
in the table for puppies’ weights at birth. Weight (lb)
Puppies
Identify the outlier in the data set.
3 5
13 is the outlier 4 3
x 5 2
x
x x 6 0
x x x
x x x x x 7 1 Reteaching 17-3
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 1
Weights of Puppies (lb)
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 17 253
Name Practice
17-3
Line Plots
Number of Rabbits
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
in Each Litter
/ /// //// //// //// //// //// //// /// //// /// /
Litters
//// //// ///

1. Make a line plot of the number of rabbits in each litter.


a. Write a label at the bottom.
b. Put Xs on the number line to show the number of rabbits in a litter.

x
x x
x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Litter
2. How many Xs are shown for 6? 8
3. What is the number of rabbits that appears in a litter most often?

A 3 rabbits B 4 rabbits C 5 rabbits D 6 rabbits

4. Writing to Explain Is the 1-rabbit litter an outlier?


No. A 1-rabbit litter and a 12-rabbit litter
Practice 17-3

are the ends of the data but not distant


from the rest of the data.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

254 Topic 17
Name Reteaching
17-4
Ordered Pairs
A coordinate grid has a horizontal n

x-axis and a vertical y-axis that meet '%


&.
C
at 0. To read a grid, use ordered pairs of &-
&,
&+
numbers. You can find the lettered points &* B D
&)
of the house on the grid by reading the &(
&'

ordered pairs. Start at 0. Move right &&


&%

3 units. This gives you the first number, .


-
,
or x-coordinate. Then move up 2 units. +
*
This gives you the second number, or )

y-coordinate, in the ordered pair. The


(
'
A E
&

ordered pair for point A is (3, 2). % & ' ( ) * + , - . &% && &' &( &) &* &+ &, &- &. '% m

Point You Move


A (3, 2) 3 2 When you plot a point on a grid, you are
graphing it by using the ordered pair for
B (3, 15) 3 15
that point. Find each point on the grid
C (10, 18) 10 18 and write the correct letter for it on the
grid. Then connect the points in the order
D (17, 15) 17 15
you found them.
E (17, 2) 17 2

Use the graph above for Exercises 1 through 7.


1. Find the ordered pair (8, 2) and mark it with a dot.

2. Find the ordered pair (12, 2) and mark it with a dot.

3. Find the ordered pairs (8, 10) and (12, 10) and mark them
with dots.

4. Connect the dots. You have drawn a door . Reteaching 17-4

5. Find the ordered pairs (4, 5) and (7, 5) and mark them
with dots.

6. Find the ordered pairs (4, 10) and (7, 10) and mark them
with dots.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

7. Connect the points you drew in Exercises 5 and 6. You have


drawn a window .

Topic 17 255
Name Practice
17-4
Ordered Pairs
For 1 through 5, write the ordered pair for each point.
1. P (4, 7) 10
9

R (6, 5)
8
2. 7
P A

6
3. S (4, 5) 5
F Q S R
D
4
U (6, 2)
Z
4. 3
E X U J
2

5. X (4, 2) 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
For 6 through 10, name the point for each ordered pair.

6. (7, 4) D
7. (3, 2) E
8. (1, 5) F
9. (7, 2) J
10. (6, 7) A
11. What point is at (3, 5)?
A Point Z B Point Q C Point S D Point R

12. Writing to Explain Doug is standing at (2, 1). Susan is standing at (1, 2).
Who is farther to the right? How do you know?

Doug is because his x-value is greater.


Practice 17-4

© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

256 Topic 17
Name Reteaching
17-5
Line Graphs
A line graph is used to see changes in data over time.

On a line graph, points that are plotted on the graph are connected to form a line
segment between two points
next to each other.

When the line goes up from left to right, that shows an increase in the data, and
when the line goes down that indicates a decrease.

The increase and decrease represents the trend in the data.

For example, look at the graph below:


y
Distance (mi)

250 Car Travel


200
150
100
50

1 2 4 5 3 6 7 8 x
Hours
How far did the car travel between hours 5 and 8?
The distance at 8 hours is 250 miles. The distance at 5 hours is
175 miles. The distance between the two times is 75 miles.

For the following problems use the graph below:


y Balloon Height 1. What is the overall change in y
12 between x  1 and x  5?
Height (ft)

10
8
4 ft Reteaching 17-5

6
4
2
1 2 3 4 5 x
Seconds
Decrease
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

2. What is the trend between x  4 and x  5 ?

3. Between which two x values is the biggest increase in y?

Between 1 and 2
Topic 17 257
Name Practice
17-5
Line Graphs
Use the line graph for Exercises 1 through 6.

y Park Softball Series


10
Number of Games

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Sun. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Sat. x
Day of the Week

1. On which day(s) were the fewest games played? Sunday


2. How many games were played during the entire week? 40

3. Between which two days was there no increase or decrease

in the number of games played? Between Wednesday


and Thursday
4. Is this graph a good way to show which team won the series? Explain.
No, the graph only represents the
number of games played.
5. How many games were played on Monday?
A 2 games B 3 games C 4 games D 5 games

6. Writing to Explain Between which two days was there the greatest increase
Practice 17-5

in games played?
The greatest difference between y-values
that are next to each other is between
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Sunday and Monday.

258 Topic 17
Name Reteaching
17-6
Mean
The mean of a set of numbers is the average. You can find the
mean of 3, 8, and 7 by adding those three numbers together
and then dividing the total by 3.

First, add the three numbers: 3  8  7  18


Next, divide the total by 3: 18  3  6
The mean of 3, 8, and 7 is 6.
Find the mean.

There are 6 bags of groceries, each with a different number of items.

Bag 1 Bag 2 Bag 3 Bag 4 Bag 5 Bag 6


3 items 9 items 7 items 4 items 8 items 5 items

To find the mean, add the number of items in each bag.


3  9  7  4  8  5  36 items
There were 6 numbers in total, so divide 36 by 6 to find the mean.
36  6  6 The average number of items per bag is 6.

Find the mean of each group of numbers.


1. 8, 5, 8 7 2. 22, 33, 44 33
3. 1, 6, 9, 4 5 4. 41, 15, 37 31

5. 8, 13, 90, 17 32 6. 123, 54, 41, 6 56

7. Number Sense The mean of 26, 26, and 26 is 26. The mean of 25, 26, and 27 is also Reteaching 17-6
26. Find another set of numbers that has the mean of 26.
Sample answers: 22, 26, 30; 20, 26, 32;
24, 26, 28
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 17 259
Name Practice
17-6
Mean
In Exercises 1 through 18, find the mean of each group.

1. 6, 2, 4, 8 5 2. 11, 9, 3, 77 25 3. 6, 1, 16, 22, 5 10


4. 12, 13, 17 14 5. 9, 3, 8, 10, 12, 6 8 6. 2, 5, 8, 7, 12, 8 7
7. 6, 9, 101, 4 30 8. 3, 2, 1, 6 3 9. 66, 22, 11, 33 33
10. 53, 22, 16, 61, 73 45 11. 104, 20, 8, 104 59 12. 9, 9, 7, 7 8
13. 22, 23, 24, 35 26 14. 6, 18, 3, 27, 36 18 15. 3, 12, 66, 18, 16, 1121
16. 4, 3, 4, 5 4 17. 44, 1, 6 17 18. 5, 5, 10, 20 10
19. Donald scored a 99 on a test. Two of his friends scored a 97 and one of his

friends scored a 95. What is the mean of their scores? 97


20. Liz caught 8 fish at the lake. Jay caught 4 fish. What is the mean number

of fish they caught if Jay catches 2 more fish? 7


21. Michelle is 57 inches tall. Her older sister is 65 inches tall, and her younger
brother is 46 inches tall. What is the mean of their heights?

A 46 inches B 54 inches C 56 inches D 62 inches

22. Writing to Explain The mean score for a test is 88. One
more score is added to the data. Explain if it is possible for
the mean to remain 88.
Practice 17-6

Yes, if the new score is 88 the mean


will not change.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

260 Topic 17
Name Reteaching
17-7
Median, Mode, and Range

Travelers at an airport were given a survey asking Trip Survey


how many trips they take per year. Number of Number of
Yearly Trips Travelers
The mode is the number that occurs most often. 1 ///
To find the mode, look for the number that has the 2 ////
most tally marks. The mode is 3 for this data. If 3 //// //
all numbers have the same number of tally marks
4 ///
there is no mode. The median is the middle
number of the data listed in order.
11122223333333444

median
The range is the difference between the greatest number and the least
number: 4  1  3. The range  3 for this data.

1. How many travelers at the airport were surveyed? 17


2. A survey was taken at the park. Children were
Trips to the Park
asked how many times they had visited the park
Number of Number of
this year. Find the range, mode, and median of Visits Visitors
the data to the right. 3 ////
range  3; mode  5; 4 ///
5 //// //
median  5 6 //// /
Reteaching 17-7

3. Find the range, mode, and median of the data set below.
21, 23, 19, 19, 21, 23, 19, 19, 21, 24, 21, 19, 24
range  5; mode  19; median  21
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 17 261
Name Practice
17-7
Median, Mode, and Range
In Exercises 1 through 9, find the median, mode, and range of each set of data.
1. 48, 11, 15, 14, 11 2. 3, 9, 3, 11, 23, 15, 15, 3. 5, 2, 1, 1, 3, 7, 6
12, 3, 9, 14
median: 14 median: 11 median: 3
mode: 11 mode: 3 mode: 1
range: 37 range: 20 range: 6
4. 17, 13, 12, 18, 17, 5. 33, 44, 55, 22, 55, 6. 21, 63, 22, 18, 35,
10, 27 11, 66 29, 63
median: 17 median: 44 median: 29
mode: 17 mode: 55 mode: 63
range: 17 range: 55 range: 45
7. 17, 47, 12, 13, 12 8. 2, 8, 24, 12, 22, 62, 9. 19, 16, 55, 25, 16,
61, 62, 82 21, 19
median: 13 median: 24 median: 19
mode: 12 mode: 62 mode: 16, 19
range: 35 range: 80 range: 39
Use the table below for Execises 10 and 11.

Person Amy Bob Clair Dave Erin Frank Gina


Hours 7 7 2 4 8 5 6

10. Amy determined the number of hours her classmates volunteer each month.
Name all the people who volunteer for more than the median of the data.
Amy, Bob, and Erin
11. Which person volunteered an amount of time equal to the range?
Practice 17-7

A Amy B Clair C Dave D Gina

12. Writing to Explain The median score on a test is 90. Is it possible to add
two more scores to the data and still have a median score of 90? Explain.
Yes, if one score is above 90 and the
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

other score is below 90 the median


remains the same.
262 Topic 17
Name Reteaching
17-8
Stem-and-Leaf Plots
Given a list of numbers, a stem-and-leaf plot can be created.
The stem is the highest place value of the numbers and the leaves
are the lower place values of the number.
A stem-and-leaf plot also makes it easier to calculate median,
mode, and range.
Remember to choose for the stem the place value which best
helps you organize the data.
For Example:
Ivan’s history quiz scores were 88, 92, 99, 91, 77, 85, 89, 96, 90,
87, 91, 84, and 88. A stem-and-leaf plot of his scores is a good
way to find the median.

Stem Leaf
7 7
8 4, 5, 7, 8, 8, 9
9 0, 1, 1, 2, 6, 9
The median of all the numbers: 89

Stem Leaf
1 2
2 2, 2, 7, 7, 7
3 1, 2, 4

1. What do the stems represent? tens place


2. What do the leaves represent? ones place Reteaching 17-8

3. What numbers are shown in the stem-and-leaf plot?

12, 22, 22, 27, 27, 27, 31, 32, 34


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

4. What is the median, mode, and range of the numbers


in the stem-and-leaf plot?
Median: 27, Mode: 27, Range: 22

Topic 17 263
Name Practice
17-8
Stem-and-Leaf Plots
For Exercises 1 through 4 use the following plot.
Stem Leaf
0 3, 3, 3, 7, 8, 8
1 1, 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9
2 1, 3, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9

1. What numbers are listed in the stem-and-leaf plot above?


3, 3, 3, 7, 8, 8, 11, 11, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18,
19, 21, 23, 23, 25, 27, 28, 29
2. What is the median of the values? 15

3. What is the mode of the values? 3


4. What is the range of the values? 26

For Exercises 5 through 9 use the following plot.


Stem Leaf
7
8 1, 2, 5, 5, 5, 8
9 0, 1, 3
5. What numbers are listed in the stem-and-leaf plot above?
81, 82, 85, 85, 85, 88, 90, 91, 93
6. What is the mode of the values? 85
Practice 17-8

7. What is the range of the values? 12

8. What is the median of the values?


A 85 B 88 C 91 D 100
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

9. Writing to Explain What does it mean if there isn’t a leaf


It means that there are
when there is a stem of 7?
not any numbers between 70-79 in the
stem-and-leaf plot.
264 Topic 17
Name Reteaching
17-9
Reading Circle Graphs
Circle graphs visually demonstrate which fraction of the data
samples correspond to each value.
Remember, the number of sections to divide the circle into is
equal to the total number of data samples.
brown
brown

n
brow n

brow
br own
bro

br
n
o
n
w

bro wn
ow
br

wn wn
brow bro n
n brow
brown brown
blue green
e gree
blu gre n
e en
bu
l
ha
ue

ze
ha
e
bl

haze
blu
blue

hazel

l
zel
blue

Eye Color
What approximate fraction of the population has hazel eyes?
From the graph, 4 out of 28, or _17 of the population, have hazel eyes.

Use the circle graph below to answer Exercises 1 through 3.


ba
se
ball

ba
ll
t
foo

ll
tba
ho ke
ck s
ey ba

Favorite Sport
1
__
1. What fraction of the population has either
baseball or basketball as a favorite sport? 2 Reteaching 17-9

2. What fraction of the population does NOT


2
__
consider football as a favorite sport? 3
3. What fraction of the population does NOT
3
__
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

consider baseball a favorite sport? 4

Topic 17 265
Name Practice
17-9
Reading a Circle Graph
Use the circle graph to answer Exercises 1 through 7.

,UNSPZO
,UNSP O

,U NSPZO
,U
,U
NSP
NS

PZO
ZO
,UN PZO
Z

,U
NS
ZL
SPZO
H W HUL
,UNSPZO 1 HULZL
1HW
*OPULZL
:WHUPZO *
ZO * OPUL
HUP O OP ZL
:W UPZ UL
*O PZO
PZO
:WHUPZO
:WHU

H ZL
:W
PUL
HU
:W

ZL

3HUN\HNLZWVRLUH[OVTL

1. In simplest form, what fraction of


3
___
people speak Spanish at home? 10
2. In simplest form, what fraction of
2
__
people speak English at home? 5
3. In simplest form, what fraction of
1
___
people speak Japanese at home? 10
4. In simplest form, what fraction of people do
7
___
NOT speak either Chinese or Japanese at home? 10
5. In simplest form, what fraction of people
3
__
do NOT speak English at home? 5
6. If 20 people were surveyed, then how many people speak
either English or Spanish at home?
A 6 B 8 C 14 D 20

7. Writing to Explain Why can’t you use this graph to find out if someone
Practice 17-9

speaks both English and Chinese at home?


The graph only shows people who
speak one language at home.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

266 Topic 17
Name Reteaching
17-10
Problem Solving:
Make a Graph
Chris recorded 3 strikeouts in his first game, 5 in his second
game, 7 in his third game, 10 in his fourth game, and 11 in his fifth
game. How did his number of strikeouts change over the course
of the five games he pitched?

Read and Understand

Step 1: What do you know? Step 2: What are you trying to find?

I know the number of strikeouts Chris made How the number of strikeouts changed
each game.

Plan and Solve


Step 3: What strategy will you use? Strategy: Make a bar graph

A: Set up the bar graph. Strikeouts per Game


12
B: Enter the known data. 11
C: Read the graph. Look for a pattern.
Number of Strikeouts

10
9
Answer: The number of strikeouts increased 8
each game. 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1 2 3 4 5
Game

Reteaching 17-10
Solve. Write your answer in a complete
sentence. Moline, Illinois
Temperatures (F)

1. How much warmer is it, on 80


Average Temperatures

70
average, in April than in January? 60

It is 30 °F warmer 50
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

40
30

in April. 20
10
0
January April June November
Month

Topic 17 267
Name Practice
17-10
Problem Solving:
Make a Graph
Complete the graph to solve each problem.
1. Time from Seed to Harvest Time from Seed
80
to Harvest
70
Vegetable Days
60
Bell pepper 75
50
Green bean 56
Days

40

30
Pea 75

20 Radish 23
10 Tomato 73
0
Bell Green Pea Radish Tomato
pepper bean
Vegetables

2. Which vegetables take the greatest amount of time to


harvest? How much greater is this number of days than
the number of days needed to harvest radishes?

Bell pepper and pea; 52 days longer

3. Which vegetable plant will be ready to harvest earlier, the bell


pepper plant or the tomato plant? How many days earlier?
Tomato plant; 2 days earlier
Practice 17-10

4. Number Sense Which vegetable plants will be ready to


harvest within 5 days of the tomato plant?
Bell pepper and pea
19 ,22 ,25
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

5. Write the missing numbers. 7, 10, 13, 16,

268 Topic 17
Name Reteaching
18-1
Equal or Not Equal
Whenever you add, subtract, multiply, or divide two equal
quantities by the same amount, the two resulting quantities will be
equal to each other.
Equals added to You know 4  5  9.
equals are equal. So, 4  5  10  9  10.
Equals subtracted from You know 10  12  22.
equals are equal. So, (10  12)  18  22  18.
Equals multiplied by You know 2  5  10.
equals are equal. So, 2  5  3  10  3.
Equals divided by You know 10  11  21.
equals are equal. So, (10  11)  7  21  7.

Answer each question. Tell why or why not.


1. You know 48  8  6. Does (48  8)  9  6  9?
Yes. Each side is multiplied by 9.
2. Given the equation 8  w  152, does 8  w  3  152  3?
No.The left side is multiplied by 3, but
the right side is divided by 3.
3. You know 260  10  26. Does (260  10)  5  26  5?
Yes. Each side is multiplied by 5.

4. Given the equation 12  x  144, does (12  x)  4  144  4?


Yes. Each side is divided by the
same number.
Reteaching 18-1

5. You know 23  32  55. Does (23  32)  44  55  44?


No. 44 is subtracted from the left side,
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

but the right side is divided by 44.

Topic 18 269
Name Practice
18-1
Equal or Not Equal
Answer each question. Tell why or why not.

You know: Does:


1. 61  27  88 61  27  8  88  8?

No; 88  8  88  8
2. 76  59  17 (76  59)  12  17  12?

No; 17  12  17  12
3. 24  6  144 (24  6)  72  144  72?

Yes; 144  72  144  72


Given the equation: Does:
15  w  105 15  w  51  105  51?
4. Yes;
15  w  51  15  w  51
5. 57  x  202 57  x  13  202  13?

Yes; 202  13  202  13


6. w  9  27 (w  9)  4  27  4?

No; 27  4  27  4
7. What could you do to the equation 40  y  320 to keep the
sides equal?

A (40  y)  2  320  2
B (40  y)  3  320  3
C (40  y)  8  320  8
D (40  y)  12  320  18
8. Writing to Explain If you start with an unbalanced scale
Practice 18-1

and add the same amount to each side, what happens to


the scale?

The scale will remain unbalanced.


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

270 Topic 18
Name Reteaching
18-2
Solving Addition and
Subtraction Equations
Inverse operations are opposite operations that undo each other.
Addition and subtraction have an inverse relationship.
Use inverse operations to find the value of n in the following equation.

n58

Since n  5 is equal to 8, subtract 5 from both sides of the equation to find


the value of n.

n 5  8
5  5
n  3

Use inverse operations to find the value of the variable in the following equations.
1. j  5  19 2. u  7  15
j  14 u8
3. p  13  25 4. c  6  9
p  12 c  15
5. a  25  31 6. v  18  2
a6 v  20
7. Number Sense Andrea has an equal number of apples
Reteaching 18-2

in two baskets. There are z  16 apples in one basket and


23 apples in the other basket. How many apples should she
remove from both baskets to find the value of z?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

She should remove 16 apples from


each basket.
Topic 18 271
Name Practice
18-2
Solving Addition and
Subtraction Equations
For Exercises 1 and 2, solve for each .

1. w  8  26 2. r  11  19
w8+ 8  26  8 r  11  11 19  11
w  34 r 8

For Exercises 3 through 14, solve each equation.

3. k  4  21 17 4. j  7  6 13 5. q  2  39 41
6. h  350  450 100 7. b  44  6 50 8. t  52  61 9

9. e  28  44 72 10. n  63  108 45 11. p  7  111 104

12. 64  s  25 39 13. c  71  18 89 14. z  13  13 26

15. Ben walked 8 miles to a friend’s house and 4 more miles to the park. Write
and solve an equation to show how many miles Ben walked.
8  4  m; m  12
16. Carla made 27 gift baskets. She has given 8 away. Which equation shows
how to find the number of gift baskets Carla has left?

A 8  27  b B b  27  8 C b  27  8 D 27  8  b

17. Writing to Explain Roger knows how many keys a piano


has. He knows that some of the keys are broken. How can he
find the number of keys that work?
Practice 18-2

He can subtract the number of keys


that do not work from the total
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

number of keys on the piano.

272 Topic 18
Name Reteaching
18-3
Solving Multiplication and
Division Equations
Example 1 Find the value of Example 2 Henry had b pairs of socks and
y in the following equation. separated them into 3 separate drawers. He
put 4 pairs of socks into each drawer. How
y  5  40
many pairs of socks did Henry have?
Since y is multiplied by 5 to
You can write an equation for this problem.
equal 40, use the opposite
b  3  4
operation to find the value of y.
(total pairs) (drawers) (pairs per drawer)
Divide each side of the equation
Since b is divided by 3 to equal 4, use the
by 5.
opposite operation to find the value of b.
y  5  5  40  5
Multiply each side of the equation by 3.
 5  5 cancel each other
out. b 3  3 4 3
y  40  5  3  3 cancel each other out.
y 8 b 43
b  12

Find the value of the variables in the following problems.


1. j  9  2 j  18
2. u  6  18 u  3

3. p  5  25 p  5

4. c  7  4 c  28

5. Number Sense What numbers belong in the blanks in the


following equation? What is the value of a?
a6 5
Reteaching 18-3

Sample answer: 5, 5; a  30
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 18 273
Name Practice
18-3
Solving Multiplication and
Division Equations
Solve each equation.

1. q  9  18 2 2. 99  e  33 3 3. k  4  48 12
4. y  8  9 72 5. 7  w  42 6 6. y  5  65 13
7. b  7  7 49 8. 54  a  6 9 9. u  3  18 54
10. 2  t  2 1 11. x  6  8 48 12. 7  r  21 3
13. m  8  7 56 14. v  8  96 12 15. e  4  68 17
16. Kyle spent 3 hours each day for 4 days making up a song. Write
and solve an equation to find the number of total hours Kyle
spent making up his song.
Sample answer: 3  4  s; s  12
17. Liz played hockey for 28 hours last week. She played for an equal
amount of time for 7 days. Write and solve an equation to find the
number of hours Liz played hockey for each day.
Sample answer: 28  7  h; h  4
18. Vincent worked 9 hours each day for 8 days. Write and solve an
equation to find the total number of hours Vincent worked.
Sample answer: 9  8  h; h  72
19. Veronica reads 9 pages in a book each day. The book is
216 pages long. Which equation shows how to find the number
of days it will take Veronica to read the book?
A b  9  216 C 9  216  b

B b  216  9 D 216  9  b
Practice 18-3

20. Writing to Explain Alexandra has 18 yo-yos. She spent $9.00 to


buy them all. She wrote the equation 18  9  y to find
how many yo-yos she got for each dollar she spent. Sven has
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

9 yo-yos. He spent $18.00 to buy them all. He wrote the equation


18  9  y. What does Sven’s equation tell him?

How much each yo-yo costs.


274 Topic 18
Name Reteaching
18-4
Understanding Inequalities
An equation shows when things are equal. Equations use equal
signs (). An inequality shows when things are NOT equal.
Inequalities use the greater-than sign () or the less-than sign ().
Variables can be used with inequalities. A variable in an inequality
stands for all numbers that make the inequality true.
For example, in the inequality x  3, the x stands for all numbers
less than 3. So x can be 0, 1, or 2.
The number sentence 2  3 is true. However, 3  3 is false
because 3 is equal to 3, not less than 3.
Inequalities can also be graphed on a number line. To graph
x  3, first draw an open circle on the number line at point 3.
Then mark points at the numbers that can equal x. Finally, draw
an arrow from the open circle through those points.

         

1. Is 0 a solution of x  2? No
2. Is 5 a solution of y  10? Yes

3. Name 3 solutions of z  5. Any number greater


than 5, check answers.
4. Name 3 solutions of x  3 and x  7. 4, 5, 6 Reteaching 18-4
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 18 275
Name Practice
18-4
Understanding Inequalities
Give 3 values that solve the inequality for Exercises 1 through 16.
Sample answers are given.
1. x  0 2. y  5 3. z  10 4. z  3

1, 2, 3 6, 7, 8 7, 8, 9 0, 1, 2
5. x  4 6. x  4 7. x  170 8. x  1

5, 6, 7 1, 2, 3 171, 172, 173 2, 3, 4


9. x  9 10. x  6 11. y  2 12. y  100

6, 7, 8 3, 4, 5 3, 4, 5 101,102, 103
13. z  8 14. x  77 15. u  10.9 16. u  13.99

5, 6, 7 78, 79, 80 11, 12, 13 11, 12, 13


17. Draw the inequality x  7 on a number line.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

18. Draw the inequality x  7 on a number line.


0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

19. Which is NOT a solution to x  18?

A 18 B 18.000001 C 19 D 30

20. Writing to Explain Is 0 a solution to x  0? Why or why not?


No, because x is greater than 0 and
that does not include the number 0.
Practice 18-4

© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

276 Topic 18
Name Reteaching
18-5
Problem Solving:
Work Backward
Read and Understand Plan and Solve Check
Four students shared some Start with the number of Work forward to check your
mangoes for lunch, but 2 mangoes the students cut work. Start with 14 mangoes.
mangoes were too ripe to up, then work backward to Subtract the 2 overripe ones
eat. The students cut up 4 find the original number of to get 12. One third of the
mangoes, which made up mangoes. There were _13 of 12 mangoes left is
_1 of the mangoes that were the mangoes left after the 4 mangoes, which is the
3
left. How many mangoes 2 ripe ones were thrown number of mangoes the
were there in all? You need away. 4 mangoes are _13 of students cut up.
to find the number of 12. So, there must have
mangoes the students been 12 mangoes left after
started with. the ripe ones were discarded.
Add the 2 overripe mangoes
to the 12. The students
started out with 14 mangoes.

Work backward to help you solve each exercise.


1. Phoebe played checkers with her sister. She won 4 times
as many games as she lost. Phoebe won 12 games. If there
were no ties, how many games did Phoebe play?
15 games
2. Kim ordered a super-sized submarine sandwich and had it
cut into equal pieces. She and 3 friends ate the same number
of pieces. _14 of the sandwich was not eaten. For dinner that
night, she ate 3 pieces, which was _12 of the leftovers. How
many pieces were there originally?
24 pieces
Reteaching 18-5
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 18 277
Name Practice
18-5
Problem Solving:
Work Backward
Work backward to help you solve each exercise.
1. Jenny is training for a race. On Day 1, she ran 5 miles,
which was _13 the distance she ran on Day 3, and _12 the
distance she ran on Day 2. How many miles did she run over
the 3-day period?
30 miles
2. In June 2000, a sixth-grade class planted a tree in the
schoolyard. The tree grew about 3 inches a year. If the tree
was 38 inches high in June 2005, about how high was the
tree when it was planted?
23 inches high
3. Sean is 4 months older than Tony. Heather is 6 months
younger than Tony. If Sean’s birthday is in April, in which
months are Heather’s and Tony’s birthdays?
Tony: August; Heather: February
4. Joe made a frozen yogurt shake with 10 ounces of milk and
some strawberry frozen yogurt. He used the mixture to fill
three 5-ounce glasses and had 2 ounces left over. How much
frozen yogurt did he use?
7 ounces
5. The debate club members sold raffle tickets to raise money
for T-shirts. They sold 3 times as many raffle tickets on the
weekend as they did during the week. On the weekend, they
sold 246 tickets. How many raffle tickets did they sell during
the week?
Practice 18-5

82 raffle tickets
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

278 Topic 18
Name Reteaching
19-1
Translations
A translation, or slide, moves a figure in a straight direction up,
down, or to the side.

Tell if these figures are related by translation.


1. 2. 3.

No Yes No
4. 5. 6.

Yes No Yes
7. Writing to Explain Tell why translating a figure does not
change its size or shape.

Size or shape is not changed when


you are just moving something from
place to place.
Reteaching 19-1
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 19 279
Name Practice
19-1
Translations
A translation moves a figure up, down, left, or right.

When a figure is translated, the size and the shape of the figure
does not change.
Tell if the figures are related by translation.
1. 2. 3.

Yes No No
4. 5. 6.

Yes Yes No
7. Writing to Explain Can a translation make a figure larger
or smaller?
No, a translation only moves the figure.
8. Which is a translation of the figure?

B
Practice 19-1

C
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

280 Topic 19
Name Reteaching
19-2
Reflections
Reflections are mirror images, or flips, of an object.
They give the figure its mirror image. Sometimes the object looks the
same after being flipped.

Flip

Tell if these figures are reflections.


1. 2. 3.

Yes No Yes
4. 5. 6.

No Yes No
7. Writing to Explain If you flip the letter M to the right, it is
still the letter M. What happens if you flip the letter
upside down?

When M flips upside down, it


becomes the letter W.
Reteaching 19-2
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 19 281
Name Practice
19-2
Reflections
A reflection is the mirror image of a figure that has been flipped over a line.
A reflection of a figure does not change the
figure’s size or shape.

Tell if the figures are related by a reflection.


1. 2. 3.

No Yes Yes
4. 5. 6.

No No Yes
7. Writing to Explain Look at the s-shapes on the violin. Are
they related by a reflection? Explain your answer.
Yes. Sample Answer: the s-shape
s-shapes are a mirror image.
s-shape
8. Which choice is a reflection?

FF
A

B
Practice 19-2

C
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

282 Topic 19
Name Reteaching
19-3
Rotations
A rotation, or turn, is the way a Turn
figure moves around a point. Moves a figure about a point.

Tell if these figures are rotations.


1. 2. 3.

Yes No Yes
4. 5. 6.

No Yes No
7. Reasonableness Is it reasonable to say a figure has turned
0.75? Explain your answer.
Yes. It is reasonable if the figure has
moved _34 of the way around. Converted
to a decimal, it equals 0.75.
Reteaching 19-3
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 19 283
Name Practice
19-3
Rotations
A rotation is the way a figure moves around a point, or turns.
A rotation never changes the shape or size of the figure.

Are the figures related by rotation?


1. 2. 3.

Yes No No
4. 5. 6.

No Yes No
7. Writing to Explain How can four turns put a figure back in
its original position?
Sample answer: If a figure is
turned _14 each time, turning it
4 times would bring it back to
the original position.
Practice 19-3

© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

284 Topic 19
Name Reteaching
19-4
Congruent Figures
When two figures have the same
shape and size, they are congruent.

If figures are congruent, translations, Not congruent Congruent Not congruent


reflections, or rotations will not Different size. Same size Different shape
change that. and shape. and size.

Translation Reflection Rotation


Moves the figure in Gives the figure its mirror Moves a figure
a straight direction. image. Sometimes the about a point.
object looks the same
after being flipped.

Do the figures in each pair appear to be congruent? If so, tell if they are related by
a translation, reflection, or rotation.
1. 2. 3.

Congruent; Not Congruent;


reflection congruent translation
4. Reasoning Could the letters L and M ever be congruent? Explain.
Sample answer: No, because they are
Reteaching 19-4

two different shapes.


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 19 285
Name Practice
19-4
Congruent Figures
Congruent figures have the same size and shape, although they
may face different directions.

Tell if the figures are congruent.


1. 2. 3.

No Yes No
4. 5. 6.

Yes No Yes
7. Writing to Explain If you divide a 4 in. by 8 in. rectangle
from corner to corner, what new shapes do you get? Are they
congruent? Why or why not?
You get 2 right triangles that are
congruent. Both triangles will
contain sides measuring 4" and 8".
Practice 19-4

© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

286 Topic 19
Name Reteaching
19-5
Line Symmetry
Symmetric figures are figures that can be folded to make
two halves that are congruent to each other. The lines
that divide a symmetric figure into congruent halves are
called lines of symmetry.
This square has 4 lines of symmetry. If you fold the square
along any of the 4 dashed lines, the two halves will lie on
top of each other.

Tell if each line is a line of symmetry.


1. 2. 3. 4.

no yes yes no
Tell how many lines of symmetry each figure has.

5. 6. 7. 8.

1 0 2 1

9. Reasoning How many lines of symmetry does the


0
letter R have?

10. Complete the drawing so that the figure is symmetric.


Reteaching 19-5
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 19 287
Name Practice
19-5
Line Symmetry
Tell if each line is a line of symmetry.
1. 2. 3.

no yes no
Tell how many lines of symmetry each figure has.
4. 5. 6.

1 4 1
7. Draw lines of symmetry.

8. How many lines of symmetry does a rhombus that is not a square have?
A 0 B 1 C 2 D 3

9. Writing to Explain Explain why a square is always symmetric.


Sample answer: The sides of a square
Practice 19-5

© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

are always equal, so each side can be


split in the middle.
288 Topic 19
Name Reteaching
19-6
Rotational Symmetry
An angle is measured in degrees (º).
90° 180° 270° 360°

turn, or rotation, of a figure around a point can be described with an angle


measure or a fraction.

The shaded figure has been The shaded figure has been
1 1
rotated 90° or 4 turn. rotated 180° or 2 turn.

The shaded figure has been The shaded figure has been
rotated 270° or 34 turn. rotated 360° or one full turn.

When a figure needs less than a full turn to rotate onto itself, the
figure has rotational symmetry.

1 turn
90º rotation, __ 1 turn
180º rotation, __ no rotational symmetry
4 2

Tell if the figure has rotational symmetry. Write yes or no. If yes, give the
least angle measure and turn that will rotate the figure onto itself.

1. No 2. Yes;
Reteaching 19-6

1
90˚, __
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

turn4

Topic 19 289
Name Practice
19-6
Rotational Symmetry
Tell if the figure has rotational symmetry. Write yes or no.
1. 2. 3. 4.

No No Yes No
5. 6. 7. 8.

Yes No No Yes
9. Which figure has rotational symmetry?
A B C D

10. Writing to Explain Which figure, a square or a trapezoid, will


rotate onto itself in 90º? Explain.

A square will rotate onto itself because


each side is congruent.
Practice 19-6

© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

290 Topic 19
Name Reteaching
19-7
Problem Solving:
Draw a Picture
Read Kristen is hanging paintings in her room. She wants to find a painting
that is the same shape as the one shown below, but she needs it to
be half the size to fit on her wall. Draw a smaller painting that is the
same shape.

Plan What do I know? The dimensions of the painting are 12 units by 6 units.

What am I asked to find? I need to draw a rectangle that is the same


shape as the one in the picture, but that is half the size.

Solve Divide the length of each side by 2. To be the same shape, the new
dimensions have to be 6 units by 3 units.

Solve.
1. A fence is 20 ft long. It has posts at each end and at every four feet along its
length. How many fence posts are there? Draw a picture.

There are 6 fence posts altogether.


2. Number Sense Lee and his family are planning a hiking trip on the
Appalachian Trail. They are packing food in 2 lb bundles. How many bundles
can they make with 36 lb of food? Write a number sentence to help you solve
this problem.

36  2  18
Reteaching 19-7
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Topic 19 291
Name Practice
19-7
Problem Solving:
Draw a Picture
Kacey is making a necklace that is 16 inches long. She uses
5 beads for every inch. How many beads will she need?
1. Writing to Explain Draw a picture and explain how it can
help to solve.
Sample answer: I can draw a necklace
and mark off 16 sections.
Then I can draw 5 beads for each section.
Then I can count the beads.
2. Write a number sentence based on the picture you drew.

16  5
3. How many beads will Kacey need? 80 beads
4. Explain how you can check your answer.

Sample answer:
I can divide: 80  5  16.
Roger has a 64-inch piece of wood he needs to cut into 8 pieces.
5. How many cuts does Roger need to make? 7 cuts
6. Writing to Explain For Exercise 5, how did drawing a picture
help you solve the problem?
Sample answer: The picture showed
you didn’t need to worry about the
Practice 19-7

length of the board.


© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

7. Write a number sentence and solve for how long each piece
of board will be if each piece is an equal length.

64  8  8 inches
292 Topic 19
Name Reteaching
20-1
Finding Combinations
You can organize pictures to help you find possible combinations.

Then draw all the combinations of hats


Scarves Hats
with a polka dot scarf.
Striped Black
Polka dot White
Gray

First draw all the combination of hats


with a striped scarf.

Now count how many pictures


you drew. There are 6 possible
combinations.

Show the possible combinations by filling in the table.


1. Letter A B C
Number 1 2 3 A, 1 B, 1 C,1
A,2 B, 2 C, 2
A, 3 B,3 C, 3
Find the number of possible combinations by drawing
organized pictures.
1. 3 dishes and 2 bowls 6
2. 2 pants and 4 shirts 8
3. 5 paints and 1 wall 5
4. 2 cheeses and 3 crackers 6
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Reteaching 20-1

5. 4 teas and 4 biscuits 16


6. 3 cups and 5 juices
15
Topic 20 293
Name Practice
20-1
Finding Combinations
Show the possible combinations by filling in the table.
1. Mark
, , ,
Shape
, , ,

, , ,

For 2 through 5, find the number of possible combinations. Draw a picture or use
objects to help you.
2. Choose one of 3 soups and one
of 2 salads. 6 combinations
3. Choose one of 4 cups and one
of 2 juices. 8 combinations
4. Choose one of 5 paints and one
of 3 trims. 15 combinations
5. Choose one of 7 shirts and one
of 3 pants. 21 combinations
6. Reasoning June has 1 coat and
7 scarves. How many combinations
of coats and scarves does she have? 7 combinations
7. Ross has 3 ties and 4 dress shirts. How many possible
combinations of ties and dress shirts does he have?
A 3 B 4 C 12 D 21

8. Writing to Explain Carl has 1 kind of bread, crunchy and


smooth peanut butter, and several kinds of jellies. What
information do you need to find the number of possible
combinations of peanut butter and jelly sandwiches he
can make?
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

The number of jellies he has.


Practice 20-1

294 Topic 20
Name Reteaching
20-2
Outcomes and
Tree Diagrams
List all the possible outcomes for the spinners shown.
Spinner A Spinner B

Red
Blue

Yellow

Green White

Spinner A Spinner B Possible Outcomes

Red Blue, Red

Blue White Blue, White

Yellow Blue, Yellow

Red Green, Red

Green White Green, White

Yellow Green, Yellow

List all the possible outcomes for selecting a marble from each
box, without looking.
Box A Box B Box C

W
P Q

X
Y
Z 3 4 5
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Reteaching 20-2

1. Box A W, X, Y, Z
2. Boxes B and C 3P, 3Q, 4P, 4Q, 5P, 5Q
Topic 20 295
Name Practice
20-2
Outcomes and Tree Diagrams
A coin has two sides, heads and tails. Make a tree diagram to list
all the possible outcomes for each situation.
1. Flipping two coins, one time each

HH; HT; TH; TT

2. Tossing two number cubes numbered 1 through 6, one time each


1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 2-1, 2-2, 2-3, 2-4,
2-5, 2-6, 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, 3-4, 3-5, 3-6, 4-1, 4-2,
4-3, 4-4, 4-5, 4-6, 5-1, 5-2, 5-3, 5-4, 5-5, 5-6,
6-1, 6-2, 6-3, 6-4, 6-5, 6-6
3. A deli offers lunch sandwiches for $1.00 with a choice
of two cheeses and three meats. How many possible sandwich
combinations of one meat and one cheese are there?

6 combinations
4. Writing to Explain If a coin is flipped, and the spinner is
spun, how many total possible outcomes are there? Explain.
Sample answer: There are 10
possible outcomes because 5 1

each of the 5 numbers will 4 2

be with heads and with tails. 3 © Pearson Education, Inc. 4


Practice 20-2

296 Topic 20
Name Reteaching
20-3
Writing Probability
as a Fraction
You can spin a consonant or a vowel on this spinner.
G <
What is the probability of spinning a consonant?
The spinner has 6 equal sections. J 6
So, the total number of possible outcomes is 6.
: 7
There are 3 ways to spin a consonant: R, B, G.
The probability of spinning
number of ways to spin a consonant
a consonant is _______________________
total number of outcomes
_3
6

So, the probability is _36  _12 ,


or 1 out of 2.
An impossible event has a probability of 0.
A certain event has a probability of 1.
Any other event has a probability between 0 and 1.

Use the spinner above to answer Exercises 1 through 3.


1
__
1. What is the probability of spinning B?
1
__ 6
2. What is the probability of spinning E? 6 1
__
3. What is the probability of spinning a vowel? 2
4. A box of markers holds a variety of colors. The probability of selecting a red
marker is __
2
19
. There are two red markers. How many markers are in the box?

19
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Reteaching 20-3

Topic 20 297
Name Practice
20-3
Writing Probability
as a Fraction
Karina is playing a game with a number cube labeled
1, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 9.
1. How many outcomes are possible? 6
1
__
2. What is the probability that Karina will roll a 6? 6
4  __
__ 2
3. What is the probability that she will roll an odd number? 6 3
2 1
__  __
4. What is the probability that she will roll an even number? 6 3
3 1
__  __
5. What is the probability that she will roll a number divisible by 3? 6 2
6. What is the probability that she will roll a two-digit number? 0
5
__
7. What is the probability that she will roll a number other than 1? 6
Circle the correct letter for each answer.
8. Lauren spins a spinner that is 9. You toss a number cube labeled
equally divided into 8 sections. 1 through 6. What is the probability
Each section is numbered 1 you will toss a number greater
through 8. What is the probability than 1?
she will not spin an 8? 5
A __
1 6
A __ 4
8 B __
3 6
B __ 2
8 C __
1 6
C __ 1
2 D __
7 6
D __
8

10. Writing to Explain The probability of rolling a 3 on a number


cube is _12 . How many faces on the cube have a 3?
3  __
1
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Sample answer: 3, because __


Practice 20-3

6 2

298 Topic 20
Reteaching
20-4
Problem Solving:
Use Reasoning
Andrea made a design with the figures
shown at the right. She placed all the figures
in a row. No figure was next to a figure with
the same number of sides as itself. No two shaded figures or unshaded figures
were next to each other. The first figure in the design was a trapezoid.
How did Andrea arrange the rest of her design?
Understand You need to find the order of the figures in the design.
Plan You can use the clues you have to place the figures.
Draw a picture to help.
Solve Draw four spaces in a row.
You know the trapezoid is first.
It has 4 sides and is shaded.
The next figure cannot have 4 sides or be shaded.
The triangle is second. It has 3 sides and is unshaded.
The next figure cannot have 3 sides or be unshaded.
The pentagon is third. It has 5 sides and is shaded.
The next figure cannot have 5 sides or be shaded.
The square is fourth. It is the only figure left.
It has 4 sides and is unshaded.

Look Back Is this the only solution to Andrea’s design?

1. Draw a figure that could go after the square in Andrea’s design above.
Remember to follow the rules of the design.
2. Look at the design to the right.
Fill in the next two figures and
then write a description of them. a b

a. Sample answer: the same as the previous


shape, upside down and shaded.
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

Reteaching 20-4

b. Sample answer: unshaded hexagon.

Topic 20 299
Name Practice
20-4
Problem Solving:
Use Reasoning
Solve each problem. Write the answer in a complete sentence.
1. There are 5 students waiting at the bus stop: Donald, Mimi,
Wendy, Lance, and Clair. Their ages are 13, 12, 10, 9, and 8.
Donald is the oldest and Wendy is the youngest. Lance is 10.
Clair is older than Mimi. How old is Mimi?
Mimi is 9 years old.
2. Four friends brought sandwiches to a picnic.
Who brought the turkey sandwich?
Trisha brought the turkey sandwich.
Turkey Tuna Peanut Butter Roast Beef
and Jelly
Derek Y
Ashley
Trisha N
Steve Y

3. Jud is thinking of a prime number that is not even. Which


number could he be thinking of?

A 0 B 2 C 5 D 9

4. Writing to Explain Ingrid lives on either Milton Street or


Byron Street. Katie lives on either Byron Street or Whitman
Street. Katie does not live on the same street as Ingrid. If
Ingrid lives on Milton Street, can Katie live on Byron Street?
Why or why not?
Yes; Katie lives on either Byron or
Whitman, but not the same street as
Ingrid does. Ingrid lives on Milton, so
© Pearson Education, Inc. 4

she cannot live on Byron. So, Katie


Practice 20-4

could live on Byron and not live on the


same street as Ingrid.
300 Topic 20
Credits
Pages I-IV Taken from Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley Mathematics. Grade 4:
Review From Last Year Masters by Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley
Pages 21-300 Taken from enVisionMATH™ Teacher Resource Masters, Topics
1-20, Grade 4 by Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley

Credits 301

You might also like